Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON,

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

2022

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ______________to ______________

to

Commission File NumberNumber: 001-38186

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV

_______________________________
CUSTOM TRUCK ONE SOURCE, INC.
(Exact Namename of Registrantregistrant as Specifiedspecified in Its Charter)its charter)

Cayman IslandsN/A
Delaware84-2531628
(State or Other Jurisdictionother jurisdiction of
Incorporation
incorporation
or Organization)organization)
(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)No.)

509 7th Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C.

20004
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

202-654-7060

7701 Independence Ave
Kansas City, MO 64125
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(816) 241-4888
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par valueCTOS
Units, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrantNew York Stock Exchange
Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per shareNew York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants, exercisable for Class A ordinary shares at an exercise price of $11.50 per shareCommon Stock, $0.0001 par valueCTOS.WSNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YesYES   ☐     No   ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YesYES   ☐     No   ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the pastpreceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirementrequirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No  

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated fileroAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated fileroSmaller reporting company
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes       No  

As

The aggregate market value of June 30, 2017,shares of common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the closing price for such common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, as reported on the registrant’s Class A ordinaryNew York Stock Exchange, was approximately $328.1 million.
The number of shares were not publicly traded. Accordingly, there was no market value for the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares on such date.

Asof common stock outstanding as of March 26, 2018, 40,250,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, were issued and outstanding, respectively.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None.

8, 2023 was 246,114,861.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I1
DocumentItem 1.Business.1Where Incorporated
Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before May 1, 2023Item 1A.Risk Factors.Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14)


Custom Truck One Source, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Form 10-K Report Index
13
10-K Part and Item No.Page No.
PART I
Item 1B.1
Item 1A
Item 1B35
Item 2Item 2.35
Item 3Item 3.35
Item 4Item 4.35
PART II36
Item 5.536
Item 6Item 6.38
Item 7Item 7.38
Item 7AItem 7A.40
Item 8Item 8.40
Item 9Item 9.40
Item 9AItem 9A.41
Item 9BItem 9B.41
Item 9C
PART III42
PART III
Item 10.1042
Item 11Item 11.47
Item 12Item 12.48
Item 13Item 13.49
Item 14Item 14.52
PART IV53
Item 15.1553
Item 16Item 16.53




Table of ContentsPART I

Item 1.Business.

In

Forward-Looking Statements
Any statements made in this report that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, and should be evaluated as such. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggest,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast,” and other similar expressions. We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this Annual Report on Form 10-K, (the “Form 10-K”), referencesyou should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results and are subject to “Capitol”and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Below is a summary of risk factors applicable to us that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections:
increases in labor costs, our inability to obtain raw materials, component parts and/or finished goods in a timely and cost-effective manner, and our inability to manage our rental equipment in an effective manner;
our sales order backlog may not be indicative of the “Company”level of our future revenues;
increases in unionization rate in our workforce;
our inability to recruit and retain the experienced personnel, including skilled technicians, we need to “we,” “us”compete in our industries;
our inability to attract and “our” referretain highly skilled personnel and our inability to Capitol Investment Corp. IV.

Introduction

We areretain our senior management;

material disruptions to our operation and manufacturing locations as a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated on May 1, 2017 for the purposeresult of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganizationpublic health concerns, equipment failures, natural disasters, work stoppages, power outages or other similarreasons;
potential impairment charges;
any further increase in the cost of new equipment that we purchase for use in our rental fleet or for sale as inventory;
aging or obsolescence of our existing equipment, and the fluctuations of market value thereof;
disruptions in our supply chain;
our business combinationmay be impacted by government spending;
we may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for receivables;
unfavorable conditions in the capital and credit markets and our inability to obtain additional capital as required;
increases in price of fuel or freight;
regulatory technological advancement, or other changes in our core end-markets may affect our customer’s spending;
difficulty in integrating acquired businesses and fully realizing the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the acquired businesses, as well as additional transaction and transition costs that we will continue to incur following acquisitions;
material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements;
the interest of our majority stockholder, which may not be consistent with onethe other stockholders;
our significant indebtedness, which may adversely affect our financial position, limit our available cash and our access to additional capital, prevent us from growing our business and increase our risk of default;
our inability to generate cash, which could lead to a default;
significant operating and financial restrictions imposed by our debt agreements;
changes in interest rates, which could increase our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness and decrease our net income and cash flows;
the phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and uncertainty as to its replacement;
disruptions in our information technology systems or more businessesa compromise of our system security, limiting our ability to effectively monitor and control our operations, adjust to changing market conditions, and implement strategic initiatives;
we are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect cost, manner or entities.

feasibility of doing business;

we are subject to a series of risks related to climate change; and
increased attention to, and evolving expectations for, sustainability and environmental, social and governance initiatives.
These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this report. We maintainundertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a website located at http://www.capinvestment.com. Our corporate filings, including ourresult of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law. See Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for additional risks.


PART I
Item 1.     Business
Company Overview
Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “us,” “Custom Truck,” or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries are engaged in the business of providing a range of services and products to customers through rentals and sales of specialty equipment, rentals and sales of aftermarket parts and services related to the specialty equipment, and repair, maintenance, and customization services related to that equipment.
We are a specialty equipment provider to the electric utility transmission and distribution, telecommunications, rail, forestry, waste management and other infrastructure-related industries in North America. Our core business relates to our Quarterly Reportsnew equipment inventory and rental fleet of specialty equipment that is utilized by service providers in infrastructure development and improvement work. We offer our specialized equipment to a diverse customer base, including utilities and contractors, for the maintenance, repair, upgrade, and installation of critical infrastructure assets, including distribution and transmission electric lines, telecommunications networks, and rail systems, as well as for lighting and signage. We rent, produce, sell, and service a broad range of new and used equipment, including bucket trucks, digger derricks, dump trucks, cranes, service trucks, and heavy-haul trailers. We manage our business in our three reporting segments: Equipment Rental Solutions (“ERS”), Truck and Equipment Sales (“TES”), and Aftermarket Parts and Services (“APS”).
We operate with a differentiated “one-stop-shop” business model, offering equipment rental, new and used equipment sales, and aftermarket parts and service out of more than 35 locations across the U.S. and Canada. Customers receive additional support throughout the country from Custom Truck’s twenty-four hour, seven-day a week (“24/7”) call center, approximately 80 mobile technicians, and over 100 third-party locations. Custom Truck and its customers also benefit from its sophisticated sourcing model and large-scale integrated production and customization capabilities, which enhance the quality and diversity of its equipment offerings, reduce both cost and lead times for equipment sales and provide greater flexibility to optimize its rental fleet. These attributes, together with a strong reputation built over many years, position Custom Truck to capitalize on attractive secular growth trends across its end-markets.
Custom Truck owns one of the industry’s largest fleets of specialty rental equipment focused on electric utility transmission and distribution (“T&D”), rail, telecommunications, and infrastructure end-markets through our ERS segment. As of December 31, 2022, our fleet is comprised of more than 10,000 units with an average unit age of approximately 3.7 years, which we believe is young by rental fleet standards and compares favorably to the long useful life of the equipment. Our rental fleet is managed on a national level, which allows us to efficiently reposition equipment in response to shifts in regional demand and thereby sustain strong utilization levels.
As is customary among equipment rental companies, we sell used equipment out of our rental fleet to end user customers. We also offer a broad variety of new equipment for sale across our end-markets, often highly customized to meet its customers’ specific needs. Integrated production capabilities and extensive knowledge gained over a long history of selling equipment have positioned Custom Truck uniquely in the market as a trusted partner for customers seeking tailored solutions with short lead times. New and used equipment sales are accomplished through our TES segment.
Through our APS segment, we provide our customers a total job-site solution, offering a range of products for rent or sale to fully outfit their equipment and crews for activity in the field. Our comprehensive APS offering expands opportunities to serve our equipment rental and sales customers through the convenience of a single vendor for all their specialty equipment, tools and accessories needs.

End-Market Overview
Our core end-markets include operators of vocational and specialty trucks and associated parts and services. These operators serve infrastructure-related electric utility T&D, telecom, rail, forestry, and waste management, among others.
General End-Market Trends
The North American market has, and continues, to experience a secular shift from equipment ownership to rental. We believe that customers’ growing preference for equipment rental is driven by several factors including the avoidance of significant capital outlay, improved asset utilization, reduced storage and maintenance, access to a wider range of modern productive equipment, dedicated customer care, and operational efficiencies. We believe that the rental penetration rate will continue to trend towards the levels
1

observed in the broader market, and we believe there will be significant growth within our specific markets. We purchase the majority of our chassis from several Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) across our geographic footprint. The majority of our boom and crane components are sourced from selected suppliers.
On November 6, 2021, the United States Congress passed, and the President of the United States signed, the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (the “Infrastructure Act”). The Infrastructure Act was amended and renamed to the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act. This amended version included approximately $1.2 trillion in spending in new and reallocated funds with positive impacts to each of our end-markets.
Electric Utility T&D End-Market
Maintaining safe and effective transmission and distribution lines is critical to national infrastructure, as they carry the electricity that powers the nation. Transmission lines carry high voltage electricity long distances, while distribution lines carry electricity from local transformers to houses and businesses. Additionally, as the economy “electrifies,” in pursuit of reducing greenhouse gas emissions, electric reliability has become increasingly important. There will continue to be an increasing need for grid resiliency projects such as fire mitigation and storm hardening, and substantial renewable energy investments will be required in the electric transmission grid. From 2008 to 2020, compound annual growth rates for capital expenditures relating to transmission, distribution and solar were approximately 9%, 6% and 53%, respectively. Our specialty equipment is used for these projects, including the maintenance and repair of live lines and installation of new lines. Capital expenditure spend in the electric utility T&D end-market is approximately $65 billion annually. This spend is driven by a number of attractive dynamics, demonstrating that the U.S. is potentially in the very early stages of a multi-year electric utility T&D spending cycle.
Aging and Underinvested Electric Utility T&D Infrastructure - Electricity delivery in the U.S. depends on an aging and complex patchwork system of power generation facilities, transmission grids, local distribution lines, and substations. Most electric utility T&D lines were constructed in the 1950s and 1960s with a 50-year life expectancy and were not originally engineered to meet today’s load demands. The average age of the transmission system in the United States is well over 40 years, with 25% to 35% being greater than 50 or more years old. Due in part to this aging infrastructure, costly electric emergency incidents and disturbances have increased since 2000. Multiple costly fires have also been caused by aging and under-maintained transmission and distribution lines. The prevention of additional incidents associated with the continued operations of aging electric utility T&D infrastructure is expected to continue to drive increasing levels of maintenance and repair and replacement spend by utilities.
Changing Generation Landscape - The ongoing transition from coal to gas and renewables continues to drive changes in the generation landscape and transmission project development. In the last five years, 19 states have adopted greenhouse gas emission goals and renewable portfolio standards. The share of new renewables in the U.S. electricity generation mix has been on an upward trend in the last five years and is estimated to continue to increase through 2028. As a result, significant spend for new transmission lines will be required to interconnect these new sources of power with the electrical grid.
Increased Outsourcing by Utilities - Utilities are increasingly turning to specialized third-party contractors to fulfill construction and maintenance needs. This outsourcing trend is driven by the challenge of an aging workforce and desire to shift the management and responsibilities of non-core activities to external service providers. Outsourcing is a favorable trend for us, given our rental penetration among electric utility T&D contractors who prefer to rent due to lower initial capital outlay, increased flexibility, improved asset utilization and productivity, and significantly reduced storage and maintenance costs.
The Infrastructure Act includes $7.5 billion to build a national network of electric vehicle chargers and $65 billion to upgrade power infrastructure.
Telecom End-Market
Telecommunications infrastructure, including telecom cells, towers, and wirelines, are the backbone of telephonic interaction and the transportation of mobile data. We provide the specialty equipment required to maintain and install telecom cells, towers, and communication lines. Construction spend on telecommunications infrastructure has exceeded approximately $80 billion annually in recent years. This spend is expected to continue to grow due largely to the advent of 5G technology, which requires existing cell sites add equipment to support new frequencies. 5G technology will require the installation of numerous higher bandwidth small cells to “densify” wireless networks and enhance performance. This is because small cells only deliver coverage within approximately a quarter mile of their location, compared to approximately five miles for the existing 4G and predecessor macro cells. As a result, approximately 20 times more small cells will need to be installed in order to provide the same level of coverage as the existing macro cells.
2

Rapid technological advancements, including advanced digital and video service offerings, continue to increase demand for greater wireline and wireless network capacity and reliability. Data traffic is at an all-time high and is expected to increase in the future. North America data traffic is expected to grow at a 21% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2022 to 2028.
The spend required by the key telecom operators to deploy 5G technology is expected to grow at a 47.6% CAGR from 2022 to 2030, of approximately $198 billion. The Infrastructure Act provided an additional $65 billion to increase access to reliable high-speed internet.
Rail End-Market
Freight and commuter rail are responsible for transporting products and people across North America. Our rail mounted equipment is used for a variety of tasks including the installation of new rail and maintenance of the existing rail lines. Ontario Limited (d/b/a HiRail Leasing), Ontario Inc. (d/b/a Heavy Equipment Repairs), and Ontario Limited (d/b/a Northshore Rail Contracting) (collectively “HiRail”) equipment is utilized in projects for both installation and repair of track, electric lines, signal crossings, and signs. The equipment is also often used for working on older infrastructure such as repairing bridges and terminals with more antiquated track and systems that are in need of upgrades with more modern systems like Positive Train Control (“PTC”) and others. The six largest public railroads operating in North America spend more than $10 billion annually in capital expenditures. Such capital expenditures are expected to continue to grow as freight demands increase. In addition to freight rail, spend on active commuter rail projects is significant with a growing pipeline.
Freight Rail - Freight rail, one of the most cost-effective, energy-efficient modes of transport, and carries a majority of intercity freight as measured by ton-miles, more than any other mode of transportation. Our North American customers are principally Class I railroads and related contractors. These Class I operators accounted for approximately 67% of total railroad route miles in 2019.
Commuter Rail - Trends such as population growth, increasing urbanization, a focus on sustainability, environmental awareness, and increasing highway congestion are expected to drive continued investment in commuter rail. Furthermore, as a result of years of insufficient funding, transit systems across the U.S. are struggling to cope with aging infrastructure, creating and increasing backlog. The most recent federal estimates quantify the backlog of projects required to attain a “state of good repair,” meaning public transit is repaired to an age within its average service life, at $90 billion — projected to grow to $122 billion by 2032.
The Infrastructure Act provides $39 billion to modernize transportation and an additional $89.9 billion in guaranteed funding for public transportation along with an additional $66 billion of funding specifically earmarked for passenger rail services.
Infrastructure End-Market
We also serve the general infrastructure end-market, which includes surface transportation, national highway performance, highway safety, metropolitan transit, and other key infrastructure systems, including residential and non-residential waste and water. Total infrastructure capex spend annually exceeds $200 billion, and we believe the infrastructure end-market outlook remains positive.
We consider the waste end-market as part of the general infrastructure industry. Long-term, secular growth in this market is driven by growing waste volumes generated by increasing waste generation per capita. Population and income growth drive municipal solid waste generation. Municipal solid waste revenue is projected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 3.3% from 2020 to 2027. Waste is generally considered to be a recession-resistant industry given the non-discretionary nature of waste collection and disposal. Ongoing consolidation amongst waste haulers results in increasing market share for large, well-capitalized companies that have the resources to invest in the latest trucks and equipment.
The Infrastructure Act provides $55 billion to expand access to clean drinking water for households, businesses, schools, and child care centers across the United States through many programs starting in 2021, over a 5 year period.
Products and Services
Equipment Rental Solutions and Truck and Equipment Sales
Our equipment rental fleet consists of more than 10,000 units, which management believes is among the largest specialty equipment rental fleets in North America. Our fleet consists of more than 250 product variations to serve the specialized needs of our customers including various terrain options such as truck mounted, rail mounted, track mounted, and all-wheel drive. Our equipment can reach transmission lines and cell sites in excess of 200 feet in the air, dig to a depth of 60 feet to install telephone and power line poles, provide power line and fiber line pulling capacity of up to 40,000 pounds, and reach remote and inaccessible areas for rail maintenance. A large percentage of our fleet is insulated, which allows customers to safely work on live electric lines. Our equipment is regularly tested for safety, which includes regulation-mandated dielectric testing of all insulated units to ensure safe operations near
3

electrical wiring. The majority of our equipment can be used across a variety of end-markets and many of our customers operate in multiple end-markets. Rental rates vary depending on product type, geography, demand, and other factors.
Examples of our rental and sales equipment include:
Bucket TrucksTrucks equipped with a bucket mounted on an insulated or non-insulated hydraulic lifting aerial device used to maintain and construct utility, rail, or telecommunication lines.
Digger DerricksTrucks equipped with a boom and auger used to dig holes and set utility, rail, and telephone poles.
Cable placersEquipment used to string new and re-conduct overhead utility, rail, telecom, or cable lines including pole trailers, reel handling trailers, and other material handling trailers.
Boom TrucksTrucks equipped with a boom mounted on an insulated or non-insulated hydraulic lifting aerial device used to maintain and construct utility, rail, or telecommunication lines.
Rail TrucksTrucks equipped with specialty equipment to drive on rail tracks.
Roll-Off TrucksTrucks equipped to transport waste containers
Knuckleboom TrucksTrucks equipped to lift for utility, construction, and building materials applications
Vacuum TrucksTrucks equipped to safely dig holes and transport materials by vacuuming materials or liquids
CranesEquipment made to lift heavy objects utilized in our core markets
Pressure DiggersTrucks equipped with a pressure drill used to dig holes for utility poles, structure bases, and foundations through hard materials such as rock.
Underground EquipmentVariety of equipment used to place and remove underground utility and telecom lines without disruption to the surface.
Trucks and Miscellaneous EquipmentHiRail equipment including HiRail service trucks, grapples, roto-dumps, PTC trucks, etc.
Aftermarket Parts and Services
Our APS offerings include a broad range of parts, tools, and accessories inventory, which is a natural extension of our core equipment offering and can be rented or purchased on an individual basis or in packaged specialty kits.
The technical nature of certain parts, tools, and accessories requires periodic testing in a certified lab and expertise in specialized repairs, which we provide at our test and repair facilities. We provide nationwide coverage through eight locations that serve as hubs for the rental and sale of parts, tools, and accessories, and five of which offer technical test and repair.
Examples of our aftermarket parts and services include:
Equipment PartsAftermarket replacement parts for various types of trucks and equipment sold and rented by Custom Truck.
Stringing BlocksStringing dollies and accessories used to string powerline, telephone line (including fiber), or cable, above ground or underground in the new construction, rebuild, or maintenance of the lines.
AugersTool used to dig holes for power, telephone, or cable poles and also used to dig holes for structure bases, pilings, and foundation supports.
Insulated ToolsExtension arms, temp arms, insulated ladders, etc., used to insulate and dielectrically protect workers and temporarily reposition powerlines for safe execution of tasks while working at height in live line circumstances.
Other parts, tools, and accessories (“PTA”)Crimping tools and dies, pumps/motors, underground fiber laying tools, and various other tools used in either utility, telecom, or rail applications.
Test and Repair ServicesTesting and inspections of various tools and safety equipment and personal protective equipment (“PPE”) to comply with regulatory and safety requirements.
Upfit and Repair ServicesCustomizing existing heavy-duty trucks by adding features, and repair services, including labor and parts, for customer-owned trucks.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our platform is differentiated and benefits from several significant strengths that will continue to support our leading market position and future growth. We believe that the following factors have been instrumental in our success and will position us for continued growth:
4

Market Leader with a Differentiated “One-Stop Shop” Platform - Our platform offers our customers a true “one-stop shop” solution for their needs across the specialty equipment market, including rentals, new and used sales, production and customization, aftermarket parts and services, and financing and asset disposal, building upon the successful business model that has been a key source of differentiation for Custom Truck historically. Our flexibility to meet customers’ capital allocation preferences allow us to develop deeper relationships with our customers and our wide variety of equipment offered enables us to meet more of our customers’ needs than our competitors. Additionally, our national platform and scale provides us the ability to serve both regional and national customers wherever they operate.
Integrated Business Model with Large-Scale Production and Customization Capabilities - We are able to provide our customers with highly tailored solutions on an expedited basis, enabled by our extensive internal production and customization operations. These capabilities allow us to deepen our relationships with customers by offering them the ability to customize equipment to meet their specific job demands. Our large-scale production further offers benefits to customers by reducing lead times for equipment and provides the ability to change and adapt mid-production should the customer need to modify its order. Maintaining inventory and shorter lead times helps us to support our own rental operations and more quickly react to changing customer demands and preferences. We are also able to quickly adapt our processes and procedures to enter into new markets and product offerings, such as dump trucks, roll-offs, and vacuum trucks, which are products that have been added over the past several years. As one of the largest consumers of vocational chassis and attachments in the United States, we have a structural cost advantage on purchasing. Our production capabilities further lower costs, while providing flexibility to pursue the highest growth portions of the market.
Attractive Long-term End-Market Dynamics - We are a leader across a diverse set of end-markets, including infrastructure-related electric utility T&D, telecom, rail, forestry, and waste management, among others, many of which have attractive long-term growth dynamics. This position was established by our expansive fleets, national sales and service network, longstanding customer relationships, and operational expertise. The favorable end-market dynamics may lead to increased spend on specialty equipment by our existing customers. These end-markets are in the early years of a secular upcycle that is expected to persist for years to come. We are well positioned to benefit from this projected growth and maintain the flexibility to pivot our production and focus to any end-market that is experiencing greater demand due to our deep knowledge and expertise in the production of different types of equipment.
Young, Well-Maintained Rental Fleet Comprised of In-Demand Equipment - Our rental fleet consists of more than 10,000 units and is one of the youngest in the industry, with an average age of 3.7 years as of December 31, 2022. We maintain the majority of our fleet using our own trained technicians and locations to ensure consistent repairs, best-in-class service and maintenance, and delivery of fully functioning, ready-to-work equipment to our customers. We are highly responsive, adding high-quality equipment to our fleet on an ongoing basis to meet customer demands in a changing market landscape. We focus our production capabilities on the equipment that our customers need most in the end-markets with the most growth potential. Disciplined fleet maintenance and strict focus on meeting customer and end-market requirements have resulted in over 80% utilization on average of our rental fleets in the last two years.
Geographical Diversity - We have a large geographic footprint that enables us to provide local service throughout North America. Our more than 35 locations are strategically located to provide access to key high-growth end-markets and have sufficient geographic reach to provide a holistic solution to nationwide accounts. Our footprint is further expanded by over 100 third-party service locations. We maintain a 24/7 call center, as well as a large team of mobile technicians, ensuring that our customers can quickly access experienced technicians regardless of geography. Because our rental fleet is managed nationally, equipment can be deployed strategically across locations in periods of high regional demand. This allows us to maintain high utilization rates for our entire rental fleet while quickly responding to both equipment and service requests from customers. Our broad reach also represents a competitive advantage in serving customers with nationwide operations who may prefer the convenience of interacting with a limited number of equipment providers. Although we have an expansive national footprint already, we have identified additional attractive geographic markets for potential expansion.
Strong, Diverse Client Relationships and Industry Expertise - We serve more than 3,000 customers, with the top 15 customers representing approximately 25% of total revenue and no single customer representing greater than 4% of total revenue in 2022. Of our top 20 customers, 16 of them both rent and purchase equipment. We have very strong brand recognition among our industry-leading customers. Our ability to deliver an unmatched value proposition for our customers’ most complex and technical requirements, on a tight deadline, results in long-tenured relationships with premier customers across our different end-markets. We have significant tenure with our top customers, with key relationships spanning more than 16 years. Our strong knowledge of the equipment and product requirements in our customers’ end-markets allows us to work closely with our customers to determine their specialty equipment needs while our ability to offer the optionality to either rent or purchase equipment helps meet customers’ capital allocation preferences and increases customer penetration.
Attractive Unit Economics Driving High Returns - Our integrated, “one-stop shop” business model results in both lower costs and higher equipment resale values, driving exceptional unit economics. We believe that our ability to purchase equipment components
5

separately with vertically-integrated assembly results in a cost advantage over buying fully completed units. Additionally, our direct-to-customer sales channels drive attractive net resale values that exceed those of our competitors who typically sell used equipment through auctions.
Growth Strategy
We offer a full suite of specialty equipment services and a broad portfolio of products, which provides us with numerous channels for future growth and opportunities to deepen customer relationships. We intend to maintain our leading position and expand our market share by continuing to pursue the following strategies:
Capitalize on Favorable Trends Across a Large Addressable Market - Because of the highly fragmented industry in which we operate, we have significant runway to increase our share of the market. We estimate the addressable market to be approximately $59 billion: $18.5 billion in new sales, $21 billion in aftermarket parts and service, and $19.5 billion in rental and used sales. The new sales addressable market has grown from an estimated $15.6 billion in 2019 to $18.5 billion in 2021. Our differentiated cost position, North American branch network, broad product offering, and flexible distribution model position us to achieve strong growth in the future. Additionally, several end-markets we serve, including electric utility T&D, telecom, infrastructure, rail, forestry, and waste management, are increasing their capital expenditures. Our production and customization capabilities will only serve to bolster our ability to meet the growing demand and changing landscapes in these end-markets as we can nimbly adapt as necessary to capitalize on opportunities as they present themselves.
Invest in Rental Fleet to Meet Growing Demand - We see continued opportunity to invest in our rental fleet to meet customer demand. We will look to drive utilization improvements via enhanced selling efforts and investments in in-demand equipment as well as drive rental penetration via continued customer education. We believe that by investing in new products and adding to our rental fleet, we can continue to satisfy the growing specialty equipment needs of our customers across end-markets. We have the resources and capital structure necessary to capture incremental demand. Lastly, a large percentage of our rental fleet is currently focused on serving the electric utility T&D and telecom industries, but we believe there is significant opportunity to continue to grow our fleet of specialty equipment tailored to serve the growing rail and infrastructure end-markets as well.
Grow Equipment Sales Across Both Current and New Customers, End-Markets, and Product Offerings - We will be able to leverage our national and local sales approach to achieve growth in our existing customer base and across existing and newly entered product categories. We have identified several new product categories that we plan to expand into, where our experience and expertise in production, customization, and purchasing are expected to provide favorable returns. We will look to drive volume growth via continued equipment innovations and strategic selling initiatives. We are currently well positioned to capitalize on favorable trends across end-markets, including grid updates and maintenance, build-out of renewable resources, 5G roll-out, and potential significant infrastructure spend.
Increase Penetration of Aftermarket Parts and Service - Each full-service location provides certified test and repair services and an expanded product offering of both insulated and non-insulated tools. Today, we leverage our service technicians, including those dedicated to field service, to support our existing rental fleet and select customer-owned equipment. We see an opportunity to grow the size of the internal service organization and external service provider network to increase our ability to service customer-owned equipment. Additionally, we launched our e-commerce platform in 2020 to begin selling proprietary Load King™ equipment parts and other targeted specialty equipment parts.
Continue to Pursue Domestic Geographic Expansion - We operate more than 35 locations; however, broad sections of the United States and Canada are still outside of our primary operating area. In the past, we have expanded into new geographical markets through both strategic acquisitions and through internal growth. There is an opportunity for future expansion across the United States to support growth. Custom Truck has successfully opened five locations in geographic areas where there were no attractive acquisition targets, exemplifying the ability to expand our reach without the use of acquisitions. In addition to organic geographic expansion, we may opportunistically pursue acquisitions to expand our product and service offering and accelerate growth.
Sales and Marketing
Sales
We operate with a nationwide direct sales team to address the specialized needs of our customer base and to cultivate strategic partnerships with key customers. Our more than 100-member sales organization is led by members of our senior management team, including Presidents and Regional Sales Managers. The average years of experience in the industry of our sales personnel is more than 20 years. Our field sales organization and 24-hour support center have developed “first-call” relationships with several of our largest customers while providing significant expertise in the technical nature of the equipment and projects.
6

For key national or regional accounts, we employ a top to bottom sales approach with a focus on building partnerships at all levels within these key accounts and securing commitments to use us as a preferred supplier. Strategic Account Managers are responsible for establishing and managing these relationships along with direct involvement from senior leadership to create more contact and touch points between the key decision makers and Custom Truck.
We divide the remainder of our sales organization into regional go-to market teams for our ERS, TES and APS segments consisting of Territory Managers supported by Inside Rental Representatives and Assistants. Territory Managers are responsible for developing new relationships and maintaining communication with key decision makers at customer organizations and working with employees at both the corporate office and on individual job sites to ensure customer satisfaction. After a rental opportunity is generated, Inside Rental Representatives and Assistants serve in a support role by working directly with customers to finalize orders, schedule delivery, coordinate payment and handle inbound requests. This direct communication helps expedite future orders on rental equipment availability and rate quotes.
Marketing
We utilize targeted advertising, tradeshows, focused email distributions, a comprehensive equipment catalog, and our website for marketing our products and services. Our rental catalog contains detailed technical information and diagrams for all our products, while the website offers easy access to equipment specifications and rental listings. We supplement these materials with 10 to 12 major marketing publications annually. In addition to print and online publications, we participate in national and select regional trade shows, which represent important customer touch points for the sales team to both approach new customers and maintain strong relationships with existing customers.
Facilities
We are headquartered in Kansas City, Missouri where we house executive management, accounting, finance, information technology, human resources, marketing, and procurement professionals, as well as production, assembly, service and distribution operations. We maintain a diverse geographic footprint in the U.S. and Canada, with 35 locations.
Intellectual Property
We do not own or license any patents, patent applications, or registered copyrights. We own a number of trademarks and domain names important to the business. Our material trademarks are registered or pending applications for registrations in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various non-U.S. jurisdictions. We use “Custom Truck One Source” and “Truck Utilities” as unregistered trademarks and “Load King” as a registered trademark. Additionally, pursuant to an agreement with Terex, we have a revocable, royalty-free, limited license to use certain Terex trademarks to promote the sale and servicing of Terex products, subject to certain conditions of use. We believe we own or license, or could obtain on reasonable terms, any intellectual property rights needed to conduct its business.
Governmental Regulation
We are subject to various governmental, including environmental, laws and regulations. Regulations affecting our operations principally relate to the licensing, permitting and inspection requirements for vehicles in our rental fleet. Additionally, we are subject to environmental regulations governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management, storage and disposal of, or exposure to, hazardous substances and wastes, the responsibility to investigate and clean up contamination, and occupational health and safety. The Company is not aware of any material instances of non-compliance with respect to the foregoing regulations.
We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations with respect to the ownership and operation of tanks for the storage of petroleum products, such as gasoline, diesel fuel and motor and waste oils. If leakage or a spill occurs, it is possible that the resulting costs of cleanup, investigation and remediation, as well as any resulting fines could adversely affect our business. The U.S. Congress and other federal and state legislative and regulatory authorities in the U.S. and internationally have considered, and will likely continue to consider, numerous measures related to climate change and greenhouse gas emissions. Should rules establishing limitations on greenhouse gas emissions or rules imposing fees on entities deemed to be responsible for greenhouse gas emissions become effective, demand for our services could be affected, our vehicle, and/or other, costs could increase, and our business could be adversely affected.
Human Capital
Our people are a critical component to our success. Our drive, deep expertise, and responsiveness to the specialized needs of our customers set us apart. As of December 31, 2022, we had more than 2,270 employees in 35 locations across North America.
7

Approximately 2.5% of our U.S. employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and management values a strong relationship with our employees.
Our Culture
We promote our core values of Care & Respect, Solve Problems Like A Mechanic, Driven to Deliver, Engage Collaboratively, and Spark Innovation. These values drive our culture and will enable us to achieve our vision.
We are committed to a diverse and inclusive work environment where our employees of all backgrounds and experiences can succeed. We are always striving to enhance our employee experience, seeking feedback from employees through our engagement surveys, which helps us identify areas where we can continuously enhance their experience and sense of belonging.
We were honored to receive the accolade of “Best Companies to Work For” in Kansas City by Ingram’s in 2022, highlighting our positive work experience.
Our Talent
We engage in multiple initiatives focused on identifying, hiring and retaining a diverse range of talent. These include engaging with recruiting firms, utilizing job-posting sites, and collaborating with university and vocational technical programs that specialize in connecting companies like us with a diverse array of candidates. Moving forward, we will continue to review and refine our initiatives as we seek to grow and further diversify our workforce.
We engage with our Veteran Employee Resource Group as a strategic business partner to foster an inclusive culture and positive work experience for our military/veteran employees. We also partner with various organizations to support a range of recruitment efforts. For example, we partner with Hiring Our Heroes, U.S. Chamber of Commerce Foundation, the U.S. Department of Labor, and Military Transition Assistant Programs to recruit veteran candidates to join our team. Our military veteran employees represent 8% of our U.S. workforce and bring valuable attributes and skills to our organization. Our Veterans Employee Resource Group provides support to current and past service members within our organization and in the communities where we operate.
We are also proud to partner with Lyrik’s Institution, a school-based behavior support organization, that serves students from the inner city of Kansas City. In 2022, we provided 20 paid internship opportunities and hired 11 full-time employees from Lyrik’s program.
We value lifelong learning and support our employees’ development through a combination of experiential on-the-job learning and formal education. We provide technical and operational training with special emphasis on safety, quality, and customer service. We offer employees tuition assistance to assist our employees with expanding their formal education while working.
Our Ethics & Compliance
One of our most valuable assets is our integrity, an unwavering commitment to acting honestly and ethically in all that we do. We established a Code of Conduct to ensure our employees understand our commitment and how to report concerns.
We train our employees on our Code of Conduct and offer multiple pathways for reporting any concerns promptly, including through their leader, Human Resources, Legal or our anonymous 24/7 compliance hotline, which is managed by an experienced and objective third-party.
Our Health, Safety & Well Being
We are committed to a safe and healthy workplace and culture of total well-being. We strive to have zero workplace injuries and engage our employees in raising awareness and education through our Safety Ambassador Network, which includes a diverse cross section of employees from multiple work facilities. We have a network of approximately 100 Safety Ambassadors who are provided training and instruction from our Environmental, Health and Safety professionals. Our Safety Ambassadors are volunteers who have shown a willingness and capability to devote a portion of their workday to ensure that employees have a safe environment in which to work. We track recordable injuries and have an incident management system to investigate all safety incidents. Every incident is investigated and, based on the findings, our safety team implements processes and procedures to prevent recurrences and remediate known hazards.
We offer competitive pay and a comprehensive benefit program including medical, vision, dental, life and disability insurance to attract and retain top talent. We offer employees options to create financial security through our 401(k) savings program that includes a Company matching component, health savings account, and pre-tax flexible spending accounts for healthcare and dependent care.
We provide employees and their family members 24/7 access to doctors and counselors with telemedicine and virtual counseling. In addition, we offer an employee assistance program that provides employees and their family members with confidential support on a
8

wide variety of areas to support total well-being—such as mental and emotional health conditions, stress management, dependent/elder care, nutrition, fitness, and legal and financial issues.
Legal Proceedings and Insurance
From time to time, we are subject to various lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, the vast majority of which arise out of the ordinary course of business. The nature of our business is such that disputes related to vehicles and accidents occasionally arise. We assess these matters on a case-by-case basis as they arise and we establish reserves as and if required, based on our assessment of exposure. We have insurance policies to cover general liability, product, and workers’ compensation related claims. Management believes that none of the existing legal matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
Available information
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as future quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reportscurrent reports on Form 8-K our proxy statements and reports filed by our officers and directors under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any amendments to those filings,all of the foregoing reports, are made available free of charge on our Internet website (https://www.customtruck.com) under “Investors” / “Financials” / “SEC Filings” as soon as reasonably practicable after wesuch reports are electronically file such materialfiled with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not intend for information contained inCommission (“SEC”). The contents of our website to be a part ofare not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition, you can read ourReport. The SEC filings, including the registration statement, over thealso maintains an Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also readthat contains reports, proxy and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Company History

In May 2017, we issued an aggregate of 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares (“founders’ shares”) to Capitol Acquisition Management IV LLC and Capitol Acquisition Founder IV LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”) for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.0025 share, in connection with our organization. Our Sponsors subsequently transferred a portion of these founders’ shares to certain individuals, including our independent directors, for the same purchase price originally paid for such shares. The founders’ shares included an aggregate of 1,312,500 shares that were subject to forfeiture if the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full in our initial public offering (“Offering”).

On August 21, 2017, we consummated the Offering of 40,250,000 units, including 5,250,000 units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, with each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable warrant, each whole warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share. The Class A ordinary shares and the warrants included in the units traded as a unit until October 6, 2017 when separate trading of Class A ordinary shares and warrants began. No fractional warrants were or will be issued and only whole warrants trade. Holders now have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Each whole warrant entitles its holder, upon exercise, to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $11.50 subject to certain adjustments, during the period commencing 30 days after we complete an initial business combination and terminating on the five-year anniversary of the completion of our initial business combination. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000.

1

Simultaneously with the consummation of the Offering, we consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 6,533,333 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per warrant, generating total proceeds of $9,800,000. The Private Placement Warrants were purchased by our Sponsors and our directors. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the warrants included in the units sold in the Offering except that the Private Placement Warrants: (i) are not redeemable by us and (ii) are exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, in each case so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees. The purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Placement Warrants, including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants (except to certain permitted transferees), until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination.

We paid a total of $8,050,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions at the closing of the Offering (up to an additional $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting expenses may be paid upon the completion of a business combination) and $565,157 for other costs and expenses related to our formation and the Offering.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the offering expenses, the total net proceeds to us from the Offering were approximately $393,900,000 and net proceeds from the Private Placement were $9,800,000. Of these amounts, $402,500,000 was deposited into a trust account established in connection with the Offering. We may withdraw from the trust account interest earned on the funds held therein necessary to pay our income taxes, if any, and for our working capital purposes, subject to an annual limit of $750,000. Except as described above, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period (which may not occur until August 21, 2019).

BUSINESS

Introduction

We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. We are not limited to any particular industry or geographic location in selecting a target business with which to engage in a business combination.

We are seeking to capitalize on the extensive experience and significant contacts of our executive officers in consummating an initial business combination. Mark D. Ein, our Chief Executive Officer and the chairman of our board of directors, has over 25 years of private equity, venture capital, and public acquisition company investing experience, and L. Dyson Dryden, our President and Chief Financial Officer and a member of our board of directors, has approximately 20 years of investment banking and investing experience. Mr. Ein and Mr. Dryden are sometimes referred to herein collectively as our “founders.”

Mr. Ein is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Venturehouse Group, LLC, a holding company that creates, invests in, grows and builds technology, communications and related business services companies. Venturehouse was founded in 1999 to work closely with a small number of portfolio companies at any one time and to provide operational, strategic, and financing support throughout their lifecycle. Since January 2007, Mr. Ein has been the Co-Chairman and majority owner of Kastle Systems, a firm specializing in building and office security systems, which he acquired through his personal investment holding company, Leland Investments Inc. Prior to forming Venturehouse, from 1992 to 1999, Mr. Ein was a Principal with The Carlyle Group, a leading global private equity firm. Mr. Ein led many of Carlyle’s technology and telecommunications private equity investment activities. Earlier in his career, from 1989 to 1990, Mr. Ein worked for Brentwood Associates, a leading West Coast growth-focused private equity firm, and from 1986 to 1989 for Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Track Record with Similarly Structured Acquisition Vehicles

Mr. Ein and Mr. Dryden have a ten-year track record of successful execution with the following similarly structured public acquisition vehicles, the only ones our management have sponsored.

2

Capitol I/Two Harbors

Capitol Acquisition Corp., or Capitol I, was a special purpose acquisition company that completed its initial public offering in June 2007. Mr. Ein was the founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Capitol I. Capitol I completed its business combination with Two Harbors Investment Corp., or Two Harbors, in October 2009. Two Harbors was a newly formed Maryland real estate investment trust, or REIT, established to focus on residential mortgage backed securities in partnership with Pine River Capital Management L.P. Two Harbors’ common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “TWO”. Mr. Ein served as Vice-Chairman of the board of directors of Two Harbors from October 2009 to May 2015. During Mr. Ein’s tenure as Vice-Chairman, Two Harbors completed the spin-off of Silver Bay Realty Trust, which was the first ever publicly traded single family housing REIT. Mr. Dryden served as Capitol I’s investment banker throughout the search process and assisted with the execution of the Two Harbors transaction.

Capitol II/Lindblad Expeditions

Capitol Acquisition Corp. II, or Capitol II, was a special purpose acquisition company that completed its initial public offering in May 2013. Mr. Ein was the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Dryden was Chief Financial Officer and Director of Capitol II. Capitol II completed its business combination with Lindblad Expeditions, Inc., or Lindblad, in July 2015. Lindblad is a global leader in expedition cruising and extraordinary travel experiences offering captivating trips featuring highly curated content to 40+ remarkable destinations on all seven continents in partnership with National Geographic. Lindblad’s merger with Capitol II enabled it to pursue attractive growth opportunities including new ship builds, expanded charters and acquisitions. Lindblad’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “LIND” and its public warrants are traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “LINDW”. Since the closing of the business combination, Mr. Ein has continued to serve as the Chairman of the Board and Mr. Dryden has continued to serve as a Director of Lindblad.

Capitol III/Cision

Capitol Acquisition Corp. III, or Capitol III, was a special purpose acquisition company that completed its initial public offering in October 2015. Mr. Ein was the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Dryden was President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of Capitol III. Capitol III completed its business combination with Canyon Holdings S.a r.l., or Cision, in June 2017. Cision is a leading media communication technology and analytics company that enables marketers and communicators to effectively manage their earned media programs in coordination with paid and owned channels to drive business impact. As the creator of the Cision Communications Cloud™, the first-of-its-kind earned media cloud-based platform, Cision has combined cutting-edge data, analytics, technology and services into a unified communication ecosystem that brands can use to build consistent, meaningful and enduring relationships with influencers and buyers in order to amplify their marketplace influence. Cision solutions also include market-leading media technologies such as PR Newswire, Gorkana, PRWeb, Help a Reporter Out (HARO) and iContact. Cision serves over 75,000 customers in 170 countries and 40 languages worldwide, and maintains offices in North America, Europe, the Middle East, Asia, and Latin America. Cision’s ordinary shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “CISN” and its public warrants are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “CISN WS”. Since the closing of the business combination, Messrs. Ein and Dryden have continued to serve as directors of Cision.

Additionally, two of our three independent directors were directors of Capitol I, Capitol II and Capitol III and the third was a Special Advisor for Capitol I. Our executive vice president of corporate development was a member of the Capitol II and Capitol III teams, as well as an investment banker to Capitol I. The past performance of our founders and other members of our management team is not a guarantee that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance.

Acquisition Strategy

We employ a pro-active acquisition strategy focused on companies that have demonstrated a potential for future growth or companies for which we believe we can be the catalyst to accelerating growth. Our acquisition selection process will leverage our team’s extensive network of industry, private equity and venture capital sponsor relationships as well as relationships with management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers, attorneys and accountants who we believe should provide us with significant business combination opportunities.

3

We have identified the following criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We seek to acquire companies that we believe:

will experience substantial growth post-acquisition. We believe that we are well-positioned to evaluate a company’s current growth prospects and opportunities to enhance growth post-acquisition.
● have developed leading positions within industries that exhibit strong fundamentals. We intend to evaluate each industry and the target businesses within those industries based on several factors, including growth characteristics, competitive positioning, profitability margins and sustainability.
exhibit unseen value or other characteristics that have been disregarded by the marketplace. We intend to leverage the operational experience and financial acumen of our team to focus on unlocking value others may have overlooked.
will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return on investment for our shareholders. We will seek to acquire the target on attractive terms. Financial returns will be evaluated based on both organic cash flow, growth potential and an ability to create value through new initiatives. Potential upside from growth in the business will be weighed against any downside risks.

While these criteria will be used in evaluating business combination opportunities, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business or businesses that do not meet these proposed criteria and guidelines.

Initial Business Combination

NYSE rules require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (net of amounts previously disbursed to management for working capital purposes and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new ordinary or preference shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target in order to consummate such transaction. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination.

If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE’s 80% fair market value test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions.

4

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our Class A ordinary shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A ordinary shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost-effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds and experience will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

Financial Position

With the funds available in our trust account, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the Offering and the private placement of the Private Placement Warrants, the proceeds of the private sale of our shares at the time of our initial business combination, shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

5

Our Sponsors, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, another blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. Our Sponsors, officers and directors have agreed that if they do, they will present to us, prior to presenting to such other blank check company, all suitable business combination opportunities. Accordingly, we do not believe that the involvement in any future blank check company will affect our ability to complete an initial business combination or present a conflict of interest in determining which entity to present suitable business combination opportunities to.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings.

These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the track record and business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of a finder’s fee is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our Sponsors or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee for introducing a target business to us.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsors, officers or directors, or from making the acquisition through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our Sponsors, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a business combination target that is affiliated with our Sponsors, executive officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as applicable, as well as a review of financial, operational, legalstatements and other information which will be made available to us. If we determine to move forwardregarding issuers that file electronically with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

SEC. The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process,public can obtain any documents that are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

6
filed by us at www.sec.gov.


Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and
cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors
In addition the existing management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, Sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions. If our initial shareholders, Sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

7

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the trust account not previously released to us to pay income taxes and for working capital (subject to an annual limit of $750,000), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our initial shareholders, which include our independent directors, have entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and any public shares they may hold in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other legal reasons.

If we held a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. In such case, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of our initial business combination.

8

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. Our initial shareholders have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 15,093,751, or 37.5%, of the 40,250,000 public shares sold in the Offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote, or how they vote on, the proposed transaction. 

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies. Our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete our initial business combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the Offering (“Excess Shares”) without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 20% of the shares sold in the Offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering share Certificates in Connection with Exercising Redemption Rights

In connection with any vote held to approve a proposed business combination, public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” will be required to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

9

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, the need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. Accordingly, the fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares in advance of the meeting.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. If a holder of public shares delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provided that we will have until August 21, 2019 to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within such period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account not previously released to us to pay income taxes and for working capital (subject to an annual limit of $750,000) and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors in all cases subject to and the other requirements of applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our initial shareholders, which include our independent directors, have entered into agreements with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019. However, if our initial shareholders or management team acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019.

Our Sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to written agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our Sponsors, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.

10

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts held outside the trust account plus the interest earned on the funds in the trust account available to us, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the Offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be less than $10.00.

We will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders. However, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver only if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our founders have agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable); nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our founders to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our founders have sufficient funds to satisfy their indemnity obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our founders would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our founders assert that they are unable to satisfy their indemnification obligations or that they have no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our founders to enforce their indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our founders to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per share.

11

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019 or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of our initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

12

Item 1A.Risk Factors.

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this annual report, before makingAnnual Report on Form 10-K, the risk factors discussed herein should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company. Any of these factors could result in a decision to invest in our units. If any of the following events occur,significant or material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additional risk factors not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry
Effective management of our rental equipment is vital to our business, and an inability to obtain raw materials, component parts and/or finished goods in a timely and cost-effective manner would adversely affect our ability to manufacture and market our products.
Our rental equipment has a long economic life, and managing this equipment is a critical element of our business. We must successfully maintain and repair our equipment in a cost-effective manner to maximize the economic life of our products and the level of proceeds from the sale of such products. As the needs of our customers change, we may need to incur costs to relocate or remanufacture our assets to better meet shifts in demand. If the distribution of our assets is not aligned with regional demand, we may be unable to take advantage of opportunities despite excess inventory in other regions. If we are not able to successfully manage our assets, our business, results of operations and financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event,
We purchase raw materials, component parts and finished goods to be used in the trading pricemanufacturing, sale and rental of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. For instance, if we were seeking to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete. Please see the section entitled “Proposed Business — Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders and management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that, if we seek shareholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders and management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 15,093,751, or 37.5%, of the 40,250,000 public shares sold in the Offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all outstanding shares are voted). Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial shareholders and management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target business that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

13

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019 may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above.products. In addition, we may incorporate vehicle chassis provided directly by our customers in our production process. Although the vast majority of our raw materials and component parts are sourced domestically, certain of our suppliers are based in other countries, and certain of our domestic suppliers may source subcomponents from suppliers based in other countries. Uncertainty remains regarding supply chain disruptions, inflationary pressure, public health crises, and geopolitical risks that have limited timeled to conductissues, broadly, in the supply chain. Changes in our relationships with suppliers, shortages in availability of materials, production delays, regulatory restrictions, public health crises, armed conflicts or political instability or other supply chain disruptions, whether due diligenceto our suppliers or customers, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to timely manufacture and market products. Increases in the costs of shipping and transportation, purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or our inability to market products. The unprecedented nature of the supply chain disruptions continues to make it difficult to predict our future business and financial performance. In addition, our profit margins would decrease if prices of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods increase and we are unable to pass on those increases to our customers.

Our sales order backlog may not be indicative of the level of our future revenues.
Our sales order backlog represents future production for which we have written orders from our customers for customized and stock equipment. Orders that comprise our backlog may be subject to change in quantities, delivery, specifications and terms, or cancellation. Our backlog recently increased due to strong demand, as well as shortages of materials, and labor, and may enter intonot remain at
9

such levels in the future. Our reported sales order backlog may not be converted to revenue in any particular period and actual revenue from such orders may not equal our initialbacklog. Therefore, our sales order backlog may not be indicative of the level of our future revenues.
A small portion of our workforce is unionized, and more of our workforce could become unionized in the future, which could negatively impact the stability of our production, materially reduce our profitability and increase the risk of work stoppages.
Our employees have the right at any time under the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union, and unions may conduct organizing activities in this regard. If our employees choose to form or affiliate with a union and the terms of a union collective bargaining agreement are significantly different from our current compensation and job assignment arrangements with our employees, these arrangements could negatively impact the stability of our production, materially reduce our profitability and increase the risk of work stoppages. In addition, even if our managed operations remain primarily non-union, our business combination on terms thatmay still be adversely affected by work stoppages. The stoppage of work for a prolonged period of time at one, or several, of our principal manufacturing facilities resulting from union or non-union matters could materially adversely affect our business.
As a small portion of our workforce is unionized, we would have rejected uponare subject to risk of work stoppages and other labor relations matters. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 2.5% of the U.S. hourly workers of the Company were represented by a more comprehensive investigation.

labor union and were covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Any strikes, threats of strikes or other organized disruptions in connection with the negotiation of new labor agreements or other negotiations could materially adversely affect our business as well as impair our ability to implement further measures to reduce costs and improve production efficiencies.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, inattract and retain skilled technicians, which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account not previously released to us (to pay income taxes and for working capital (subject to an annual limit of $750,000) and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and in all cases subject to the other requirements of applicable law.

14

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial shareholders, Sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial shareholders, Sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event that our initial shareholders, Sponsors, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Proposed Business — Business Strategy — Tendering share Certificates in Connection with Exercising Redemption Rights.”

15

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019 and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSEmay delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

The Class A ordinary shares and warrants included in the units began to separately trade commencing on October 6, 2017. The Class A ordinary shares and warrants are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols CIC and CIC WS, respectively. Units not separated continue to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CIC.U. However, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 400 public holders).

Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will likely be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we had net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon the completion of the Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants and filed a Current Reporteffect on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if we were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

16

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 20% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 20% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 20% of the shares sold in the Offering without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to completemeet customer demand.

Competition for skilled technicians in our initial business combinationindustry, especially during periods of low unemployment or periods of high demand, could increase our labor costs and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 20% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants,hinder our ability to compete with respectmeet customer demand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A number of key personnel are critical to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holderssuccess of our public sharesbusiness.
Our success is dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition within our industry and the rightbusiness world for high-performing management talent is substantial. We have senior executives and other management-level employees with extensive industry experience. We rely on this knowledge and experience in our strategic planning and in our day-to-day business operations. Our success depends in large part upon our ability to redeem their shares for cash atretain our senior management, the timeloss of one or more of whom could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, due to our legacy as a combination of several family-operated businesses, a number of our initialkey employees have family relationships within our organization and our inability to retain those individuals could have a negative impact on our business. Competition for experienced managers and skilled technicians in our industry can be intense. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources availableand our ability to us forretain customers and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer.
A material disruption to our initial business combination. Anyoperation and manufacturing locations could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.
We have several significant production and manufacturing locations. If operations at any of these obligations may place us atproduction and manufacturing locations were disrupted as a competitive disadvantageresult of public health concerns, equipment failures, natural disasters, work stoppages, power outages or other reasons, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Interruptions in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only their pro rata portionproduction could increase costs and delay delivery of the fundsunits in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds of the Offering not being held in the trust account, together with the interest that may be released to us for our working capital needs, are insufficient to allowproduction. Production capacity limits could cause us to operatereduce or delay sales efforts until at least August 21, 2019, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our Sponsors or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

We believe that the funds available to us outside of the trust account, together with the interest that may be released to us for our working capital needs, will be sufficient to allow us to operate at least until August 21, 2019, whichproduction capacity is the date by which we have to complete a business combination, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates will be accurate. Accordingly, if we use all of the funds held outside of the trust account, we may not have sufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close an initial business combination. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsors, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our Sponsors, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsors, members of our management team or an affiliate of our Sponsors or members of our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless.

17
available.

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, weWe may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significantmaterial negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations and our share price,contribute to negative market perceptions about the Company or its securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if

The cost of new equipment that we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence,purchase for use in our rental fleet or that factors outside offor sale as inventory may increase, and the target business and outsideaging or obsolescence of our control will not later arise. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may ariseexisting equipment, and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any shareholders who choose to remain shareholders following the business combination could suffer a reductionfluctuations in the market value of their securities. Such shareholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Our founders have agreed that they will be jointly and severally liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or other similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable); nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of the Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our founders to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our founders have sufficient funds to satisfy their indemnity obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our founders would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our other officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

18

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our founders, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case less taxes payable, and our founders assert that they are unable to satisfy their obligations or that they have no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our founders to enforce their indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our founders to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

19

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including restrictions on the nature of our investments and restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including registration as an investment company, adoption of a specific form of corporate structure and reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business is to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. Investment in our shares is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019; or (iii) absent an initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changesthereof, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsfinancial condition and results of operations.

The cost of new equipment from manufacturers that we purchase for use in our rental fleet or for sale may increase as a result of factors beyond our control, such as inflation, higher interest rates and increased labor and raw material costs, including increases in the cost of steel, which is a primary material used in most of the equipment we use or sell. Such increases could materially impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods if we are not able to pass such cost increases through to our customers in the form of higher prices. In addition, our inventory has increased recently as part of our measures to manage supply chain challenges.
10

Due to changing demands of our customers, the types of equipment we rent or sell to our customers may become obsolete, resulting in a failurenegative impact on our results of operations and financial condition due to, comply with applicable lawsrespect to our rental fleet, increased capital expenditures required to replace the obsolete equipment, and our potential inability to sell the obsolete equipment in the used equipment market. In addition, we may incur losses upon dispositions of our rental fleet due to residual value risk or regulations,upon any write-off and write-down of our sales inventory.
If the average age of our fleet of rental equipment were to increase, the cost of maintaining our equipment, if not replaced within a certain period of time, will likely increase. If our operating costs increase as interpretedour rental equipment fleet ages and applied,we are unable to pass along such costs, our results of operations will be negatively impacted. As of December 31, 2022, the average age of our rental equipment fleet was less than four years. The costs of maintenance may materially increase in the future. Any significant increase in such costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,financial condition and results of operations.

20

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, our public shareholders mayIn addition, the market value of any given piece of rental equipment could be forced to wait beyond August 21, 2019 before redemption from our trust account.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019,less than its book value at the proceeds thentime of sale. The market value of used rental equipment depends on deposit in several factors, including:

the trust account, including interest earnedmarket price for new equipment of a like kind;
wear and tear on the trust account not previously releasedequipment relative to us to payits age;
the time of year that it is sold (prices are generally higher during the construction seasons);
worldwide and domestic demand for used equipment;
the supply of used equipment on the market; and
general economic conditions.
We include in operating income taxesthe difference between the sales price and for working capital (subject to an annual limitthe book value of $750,000) and less up to $100,000equipment sold. Changes in our assumptions regarding depreciation could change our depreciation expense, as well as the gains or losses realized upon disposal of interest to pay dissolution expenses, will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond August 21, 2019 before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we consummate our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitled to distributions if we are unable to complete our initial business combination.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to liquidate, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.equipment. We cannot assure you that claimsused equipment selling prices will not be brought againstdecline. Any significant decline in the selling prices for used equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is highly dependent on the timely and sufficient delivery of finished goods, such as commercial vehicles, from our suppliers.
We depend on the timely and sufficient delivery of finished goods from our suppliers. Supply chain disruptions, such as the ongoing semiconductor shortage, have impacted us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distributionin the future could continue to be paid outlimit the ability of our share premium account while we were unablesuppliers to pay our debts as they fall duemeet demand in future periods. Disruptions in the ordinary coursesupply chains of these manufacturers and dealers, such as pandemic-related plant and production shutdowns, semiconductor chip shortages, labor and equipment shortages, and transportation delays, have impacted and in the future could significantly impact our ability to meet customer demand and generate revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, would be guiltyfinancial condition and results of an offence andoperations.
Our business may be liableimpacted by government spending.
A number of our customers are impacted by government funding of infrastructure projects. Policies of governments attempting to payaddress local deficit or structural economic issues, or a finedecrease in expected levels of approximately $18,300infrastructure spending, could have a material impact on our customers and markets. Any decrease or delay in government funding of infrastructure projects could cause our revenues and profits to imprisonmentdecrease.
We may experience losses in excess of our recorded reserves for five yearsreceivables.
We evaluate the collectability of our receivables based on consideration of a customer’s payment history, leverage, availability of third-party financing, political and other factors. Recorded reserves represent our estimate of current expected credit losses on existing receivables and are determined based on historical customer assessments, current financial conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. An unexpected change in customer financial condition or future economic uncertainty could result in additional requirements for specific reserves, which could have a negative impact on our consolidated financial position.
11

Uncertainty relating to macroeconomic conditions may reduce demand for our products and services, resulting in non-performance of contracts by our lessees, limit our ability to obtain additional capital to finance new investments, or have other unforeseen negative effects.
Uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions in the Cayman Islands.

HoldersUnited States and abroad, including widespread health emergencies, rising inflation and interest rates, the continued conflict between Russia and Ukraine, supply chain disruptions, increases in labor costs, significant tightening of Classcredit markets and commodity price volatility, may create difficult operating environments for our lessees and also for our industry. Many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may impact our operating results or financial condition and/or affect the lessees that form our customer base. A ordinary shares will notnumber of governments have implemented, or are considering implementing, a broad variety of governmental actions or new regulations for the financial markets. In addition, limitations on the availability of capital, higher costs of capital or financing expenditures or the desire to preserve liquidity, may cause our current or prospective customers to make reductions in future capital budgets and spending.

If petroleum prices increase, then our results of operations could be entitledadversely affected.
Petroleum prices have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Prices and availability of petroleum products are subject to vote on any election of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holderspolitical, economic and market factors that are outside of our founder shares will havecontrol. Political events in petroleum-producing regions as well as hurricanes and other weather-related events may cause the rightprice of fuel to voteincrease. If the price of fuel increases, the demand for our products may decline and transportation and freight costs may increase, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory, technological advancement, or other changes in our core end-markets may affect our customers’ spending on the election of directors. Holdersproducts and services we provide.
Many of our public shares will not be entitledcustomers operate in regulated industries (for example, electric utility T&D, telecom, rail, forestry, waste management and infrastructure) and are subject to votelaws and regulations that can change frequently and without notice. The adoption of new laws or regulations, or changes to the enforcement or interpretation of existing laws or regulations, could cause our customers to reduce or delay spending on the electionproducts and services we provide. Further, technological advancement or other changes not directly related to the products and services we provide may affect the ability of directors during such time. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the managementone or more of our company priorcustomers to compete effectively, which could result in a reduction or elimination of their use of our products and services. Any reduction, elimination, or delay of spending by our customers on the consummationproducts and services we provide could adversely affect our revenues, results of an initial business combination.

We have not registeredoperations, and cash flows.

Integration of acquired businesses may be difficult, costly and time-consuming, and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exerciseanticipated benefits and cost savings of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such registrationacquired businesses may not be in place when an investor desiresrealized or may be less than expected.
Our ability to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being ablerealize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions we make will depend, to exercise its warrantsa large extent, on our ability to integrate the businesses acquired. Integrating acquired businesses is a complex, costly and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We have not registered the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement,time-consuming process, and we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate them or, if the integration is successfully accomplished, that the integration will not be more costly or take longer than presently contemplated. If we cannot successfully integrate and manage acquired businesses within a reasonable time following their acquisition, we may not be able to realize the potential and anticipated benefits of them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to realize expected synergies and benefits from acquisitions is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. These risks and uncertainties could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results, and include, among other things:
our ability to complete the timely integration of operations and systems, organizations, standards, controls, procedures, policies and technologies, as well as the harmonization of differences in business cultures;
our ability to minimize the diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns during the integration process;
our ability to retain the service of key management and other key personnel;
our ability to preserve customer, supplier and other important relationships and resolve potential conflicts that may arise;
the risk that acquired businesses may have liabilities that we failed to discover or fully appreciate in the course of performing due diligence;
difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects from the combination; and
difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a larger and more complex combined company.
12

We may encounter additional integration-related costs, fail to realize all of the benefits anticipated or be subject to other factors that adversely affect preliminary estimates of synergies. In addition, even if the operations of acquired businesses are integrated successfully, the full benefits of them may not be realized, including the synergies, cost savings or sales or growth opportunities that we expect. The occurrence of any of these events, individually or in combination, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Measures of anticipated synergies we report from time to time are based upon assumptions about our ability to implement integration measures in a timely fashion and within certain cost parameters. Our ability to achieve the planned synergies is dependent upon a significant number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as our ability to integrate businesses that we acquire (including the integration of Nesco and Custom Truck LP), operating difficulties, increased operating costs, delays in implementing initiatives and general economic, competitive or industry conditions. For example, we may be unable to eliminate duplicative costs in a timely fashion or at all. Additionally, achieving these benefits may require certain related one-time costs, charges and expenses, which may be material. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in generating growth, maintaining or increasing our cash flows or profitability or achieving cost savings and revenue enhancements, and our inability to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which representcould have a fundamental changematerial adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The assumptions and estimates underlying the pro forma cost synergies we report from time to time are inherently uncertain and, although considered reasonable by our management as of the date of this report, are subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the information set forthfinancial projections, including, among others, risks and uncertainties due to general business, economic, regulatory, market and financial conditions, as well as changes to our businesses, financial condition or results of operations, and other risks and uncertainties included in this “Risk Factors” section.
Platinum owns the majority of our equity, and its interests may not be aligned with yours.
Platinum owns the majority of our fully diluted shares of common stock and, therefore, has the power to control our affairs and policies. Platinum also controls, to a large degree, the election of directors, the appointment of management, the entry into mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets, and other extraordinary transactions. The directors so elected have authority, subject to the terms of our indebtedness, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. The interests of Platinum could conflict with your interests. For example, Platinum is in the registration statementbusiness of making investments in companies and, from time to time in the future, may acquire interests in businesses that directly or prospectus,indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Platinum may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, these acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Risks Related to the Company’s Indebtedness
We have, and may incur, significant indebtedness and may be unable to service our debt. This indebtedness could adversely affect our financial statements containedposition, limit our available cash and our access to additional capital and prevent us from growing our business.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including in connection with our growth capital expenditure plan. As of December 31, 2022, our total indebtedness was $1,394.4 million, consisting of $920.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes, $437.7 million of borrowings under our Asset Based Lending (“ABL”) Facility and finance lease and other debt obligations of $36.7 million (excluding approximately $430.2 million of indebtedness under our floorplan financing agreements). Although the indenture governing our 2029 Secured Notes (the “Indenture”) and the ABL Credit Agreement (as defined below) contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant exceptions and qualifications, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose any limitation on our incurrence of certain liabilities or incorporated by reference thereinobligations that are not currentconsidered “Indebtedness” under the Indenture (such as operating leases), nor does it impose any limitation on the amount of liabilities incurred by our subsidiaries, if any, that might be designated as “unrestricted subsidiaries” under such Indenture. Similarly, the ABL Credit Agreement does not impose any limitation on our incurrence of certain liabilities or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrantsobligations that are not registeredconsidered “Indebtedness” under the Securities Act,agreement (such as operating leases).
The level of our indebtedness could have important consequences, including:
a portion of our cash flows from operations is dedicated to debt service and may not be available for other purposes;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
limiting our ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions, and potentially impeding our ability to secure favorable lease terms;
13

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates, as borrowings under our ABL Facility are subject to variable rates of interest;
making us more vulnerable to economic downturns and industry conditions and possibly limiting our ability to withstand competitive pressures;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less indebtedness;
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.
If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks that we now face would intensify.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control. An inability to service our indebtedness could lead to a default under the Indenture or ABL Credit Agreement, which may result in an acceleration of our indebtedness.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to pay interest and principal in the future on our indebtedness and to fund our capital expenditures and acquisitions will depend upon our future operating performance and the availability of refinancing options, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and, the availability of capital, as well as financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control.
Our future cash flows may not be sufficient to meet our obligations and commitments. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future to service our indebtedness and to meet our other commitments, we will be required to permit holdersadopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, selling material assets or operations or seeking to exercise their warrantsraise additional debt or equity capital. These actions may not be effected on a cashless basis. However, no warranttimely basis or on satisfactory terms or at all, and these actions may not enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements. In addition, our existing debt agreements, including the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement, contain, or future debt agreements may contain, restrictive covenants prohibiting us from adopting any of these alternatives. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.
The Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement impose significant operating and financial restrictions on our company and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.
The Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability, among other things, to:
incur additional indebtedness;
pay dividends or certain other distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;
make certain investments or other restricted payments;
cause subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates;
sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies, reorganize our companies, or suspend or dispose of a substantial portion of our business;
prepay or modify the terms of our other indebtedness;
guarantee indebtedness; and
create liens.
There are limitations on our ability to incur the full $750.0 million of commitments under the ABL Facility. Availability will be exercisable for cash orlimited to the lesser of a borrowing base and $750.0 million. The borrowing base is calculated on a cashless basis,monthly (or more frequent under certain circumstances) valuation of our parts inventory, fleet inventory accounts receivable and unrestricted cash (in each case, subject to customary reserves). As a result, our access to credit under the ABL Facility is potentially subject to significant fluctuations, depending on the value of the borrowing base-eligible assets as of any measurement date. With respect to the ABL Facility, on any date when Availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) is less than the greater of (i) 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate
14

revolving commitments under the ABL Facility at such time and (B) the borrowing base at such time (such lesser amount, the “Line Cap”) and (ii) $60 million, we will also be required by a springing covenant to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00 to 1.00, tested for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financials have been delivered, and at the end of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter until the date on which Availability has been equal to or greater than the greater of (x) 10% of the Line Cap and (y) $56 million for five consecutive business days. Our ability to meet the financial covenant could be affected by events beyond our control. The inability to borrow under the ABL Facility may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make strategic acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand economic downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise. A failure to comply with the restrictions in the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement could result in an event of default under such instruments or credit agreement. Our future operating results may not be obligatedsufficient to issueenable compliance with the covenants in the Indenture or ABL Credit Agreement or to remedy any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available.default. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrantsaddition, in the event thatof an acceleration, we are unablemay not have or be able to registerobtain sufficient funds to refinance our indebtedness or qualify the shares underlying the warrantsmake any accelerated payments, including those under the Securities ActIndenture and under our ABL Facility. If we default on our indebtedness, our business, financial condition or applicable state securities laws.results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitledwe fail to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the Class A ordinary shares includedmaintain compliance with these covenants in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

21

The grant of registration rights to our initial shareholders and holders of our Private Placement Warrants may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future, exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with our initial public offering, our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible, holders of our Private Placement Warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights will be exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such Private Placement Warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares that is expected when the securities owned by our initial shareholders, holders of our Private Placement Warrants or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in any industry our management chooses (which industries may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

We may consider a business combination with a target business operating in any industry our management chooses. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or assess allamend the covenants.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our ABL Facility are at variable rates of interest, which will expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment invariable rate indebtedness will increase even if the amount borrowed remains the same, and our unitsnet income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate.

Althoughcorrespondingly decrease. As of December 31, 2022, we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are importantvariable rate debt, consisting of $437.7 million outstanding under the ABL Facility. Holding other variables constant, each one-eighth percentage point increase or decrease in evaluating prospective target businesses,the applicable interest rates would correspondingly change our interest expense on the ABL Facility by approximately $0.5 million per year. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to any of our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteriavariable rate indebtedness, and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with whichany swaps we enter into our initial business combination may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

The phase-out of LIBOR, and uncertainty as to its replacement, may adversely affect our business.
On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calibration of LIBOR after 2021 after which time it can no longer guarantee its availability. In March 2021, the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, the administrator of LIBOR, extended the transition dates of certain LIBOR tenors to June 30, 2023, after which LIBOR reference rates will cease to be provided. Despite this deferral, the LIBOR administrator has advised that no new contracts using U.S. Dollar LIBOR should be entered into after December 31, 2021. It is unknown whether any banks will continue to voluntarily submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR, or whether LIBOR will continue to be published by its administrator based on these submissions, or on any other basis, after such dates. Although alternative reference rates have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses,been proposed, it is possible that a target business withunknown at this point which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. Ifalternative reference rates will attain market acceptance as replacements for LIBOR.

Certain of our agreements make reference to LIBOR. To prepare for the phase out of LIBOR, we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all ofmay need to renegotiate these guidelines, such combinationagreements and may not be as successful as a combination with a businessable to do so on terms that does meet all ofare favorable to us. It is also currently unknown what impact any contract modification will have on our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval offinancial statements. Further, the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, itfinancial markets may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

22

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combinationdisrupted as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained therein. Any such issuances would dilute the interestphase out of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes the issuance of upLIBOR if banks fail to 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 per share. There are currently 359,750,000 and 39,937,500 authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants or shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares. The Class B ordinary shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination initially atexecute a one-for-one ratio but subjectsmooth transition to adjustment as set forth herein. There are no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares:

● may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors;
may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;
● could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
● may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or warrants.

23
alternate rate.

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in our initial public offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal,Disruption in the aggregate 20% offinancial markets or the sum ofinability to renegotiate our ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of the Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary sharesagreements to remove and equity-linked securities issuedreplace LIBOR on favorable terms, or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination and any Private Placement Warrants issued to our Sponsors and independent directors. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to our initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public shareholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception. Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

24

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, our operations will be dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact from any contract modifications, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy
Disruptions or security compromises affecting our information technology systems or those of our critical service providers could adversely affect our operating results by subjecting us to liability, and limiting our ability to completeeffectively monitor and control our initial business combination.

Our executive officersoperations, adjust to changing market conditions, or implement strategic initiatives.

The security and directorsintegrity, or the perception thereof, of our information technology systems and assets (“IT systems”) are not required to, and will not, commit their full timecritical to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time betweenbusiness and ability to monitor and control our operations, deliver our products and services, and adjust to changing market
15

conditions. While we own and manage certain of our IT systems, we also engage third parties across an array of software, systems and technologies (including cloud-based) and functions (e.g., HR, finance, communications, compliance), which enable us to conduct, monitor and/or protect our business, operations, systems and data assets. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, we and/or our service providers generate, collect, process and store sensitive information and data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business data and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, as well as personally identifiable information.
We and our search forservice providers have experienced and expect to continue to experience cyberattacks and security incidents that impact our IT systems and data. Despite various security controls and measures, we and third parties remain vulnerable to cyberattacks and security incidents resulting from malware (e.g., ransomware), computer viruses, software and hardware vulnerabilities, malfeasance by external or internal actors, and/or incidents attributable to human error (e.g., due to social engineering or phishing). The White House, SEC and other regulators have accordingly increased their focus on companies’ cybersecurity vulnerabilities and risks. We have also observed a business combinationglobal increase, in both frequency and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engagedimpact, in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation,cybersecurity threats and our executive officersmore sophisticated cyber-attacks and threat actors. Such attacks and threats are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors also serveunpredictable as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

25

Our officers and directors presently have fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

Our officerstiming, nature and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our Sponsors and officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business, including another blank check company that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to other entities prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

In addition to the foregoing, Leland Investments, through its personnel including Mr. Ein, provides management services to Kastle Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries, which provides building security products and services. These services include strategic, marketing and financial advisory, consulting and other oversight services in relation to Kastle Acquisition’s operations. The agreement with Kastle Acquisition contains a non-competition clause that generally provides that neither Leland Investments, Mr. Ein nor any entity that he controls shall directly and materially compete with the business of Kastle Acquisition and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, we generally will not be able to acquire a target business that is in the same line of business that Kastle Acquisition and its subsidiaries are in.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsors, our directors or executive officers, although we do not currently intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest.

26

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our Sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

We may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our Sponsors, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we could pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our Sponsors, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In May 2017, we issued to our Sponsors an aggregate of 10,062,500 founder shares in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.0025 per share. Our Sponsors transferred 50,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors in June 2017 and transferred an aggregate of 32,500 founder shares to certain other persons associated with them in August 2017, in each case at the same per-share purchase price paid by our Sponsors. In addition, our Sponsors and independent directors purchased an aggregate of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A ordinary share at $11.50 per share, at a price of $1.50 per warrant (approximately $9,800,000 in the aggregate), in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. If we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following our initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as August 21, 2019 nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this annual report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination.

The incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
● acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
● our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;
● our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;
● our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;
● using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

27

● limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
● increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
● limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

28

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. This may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules).scope. As a result, we may be ableunable to completeanticipate or prevent future attacks, particularly as the methodologies utilized by attackers change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and we may be unable to identify, investigate or remediate incidents due to the increased use by threat actors of tools and techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and to remove or obfuscate forensic evidence. Cybersecurity risks due to work-from-home arrangements at the Company and third parties have presented additional opportunities for threat actors to engage in social engineering (for example, phishing) and to exploit vulnerabilities in non-corporate networks.

Any successful or perceived cyberattack, compromise, breach, or disruption involving, or in relation to, our initial business combination even thoughor our service providers’ IT systems or data, or the failure of any IT systems to operate as expected could, depending on the magnitude of the problem, adversely affect our operating results by limiting our capacity to effectively monitor and control our operations and adjust to changing market conditions. Further, any compromise or breach of IT systems or data could result in adverse publicity, harm our reputation, lead to claims against us and affect our relationships with our customers and employees, and require significant resources for remediation and compliance purposes, any of which could have a substantial majoritymaterial adverse effect on our business. Certain of our public shareholders do not agree withsoftware applications are also utilized by third parties who provide outsourced administrative functions, which may increase the transactionrisk of a cybersecurity incident. In addition, because our systems may contain sensitive data and have redeemed their sharesinformation about individuals and businesses, our failure to maintain the security, integrity or ifconfidentiality of the data we seek shareholder approvalhold, whether the result of our initialown error or the malfeasance or errors of others, could harm our reputation or give rise to legal liabilities leading to lower revenues, increased costs for compliance and systems remediation, increased costs of liability for litigation (including class actions) and regulatory proceedings as well as fines and penalties, result in the misuse of our systems and networks, manipulation and destruction of data, misappropriation of assets or production stoppages and supply shortages, and other potential material adverse effects on our results of operations. Our failure to appropriately maintain the security of the data we hold could also violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws and subject us to lawsuits, fines and other means of regulatory enforcement. Global consumer protection, data privacy and cybersecurity rules, regulations and industry standards are rapidly evolving, including laws like the California Consumer Privacy Act and California Privacy Rights Act, which provide for a private right of action for certain types of data breaches and create compliance obligations around user choice, data subject rights and transparency, among others. Complying with any new or changing legal and regulatory requirements could force us to incur substantial expenses or require us to change our business combination and dopractices in a manner that could harm our business. If any actual or perceived security or disruptive attacks, breaches or incidents are not conduct redemptions in connection withdetected or deflected by our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsors, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash considerationcurrent security measures, we wouldcould also be required to payexpend additional capital and other resources, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants.
Although we maintain insurance coverage for various cybersecurity risks and liabilities, there can be no guarantee that any or all Class A ordinary sharescosts or losses incurred will be partially or fully insured.
Risks Related to Legal, Compliance and Regulatory Matters
We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.
Our operations are validly submitted for redemption plus any amountsubject to certain federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things, climate change, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation, disposal and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials into the environment, the manufacturing of motor vehicles and other equipment and employee health and safety. We may require permits or other approvals under certain laws, which may delay our ability to execute portions of our business strategy. Additionally, compliance with such laws and regulations can be costly, and our costs of compliance may increase if existing laws and regulations are revised or reinterpreted, or if new laws and regulations become applicable to our operations. We currently make, and in future may be required to satisfymake additional capital expenditures to comply with environmental and other regulations, such as:
Applicable motor vehicle safety standards established by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration;
16

Emissions or other standards related to climate change as established by international, federal, state and local regulatory bodies;
Reclamation and remediation and other environmental protection; and
Standards for workplace safety established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
While we monitor our compliance with applicable laws and regulations and attempt to budget for anticipated costs associated with compliance, we cannot predict the future cost of such compliance. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations, including any evolving interpretation and enforcement by governmental authorities, could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash conditions pursuantflows. We may also be liable, under certain laws and regulations, for product liability, personal injury, other environmental damages (including natural resources), and other claims, as well as the costs of investigation and remediation of environmental contamination and any sanctions, such as fines and penalties. Additionally, certain environmental laws may impose liability without regard to fault or the termslegality of the proposedoriginal conduct. While compliance with these laws has not historically had a material adverse effect on our operations, our operations could be significantly delayed or curtailed and our costs of operations could significantly increase as a result of regulatory requirements, restrictions or claims. We are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2021, we identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting that related to control deficiencies in information technology general controls (“ITGCs”) for both user access and program change-management for systems supporting all of the Company’s internal control processes and controls, controls over the completeness and accuracy of information used in business process controls and management review controls. Our business process controls (automated and manual) and management review controls were also deemed ineffective because they are adversely impacted by ineffective ITGCs. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, wedeficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual consolidated financial statements will not completebe prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We have developed and are implementing a plan to remediate the business combinationmaterial weakness. The material weakness will not be remediated until all necessary internal controls have been implemented, tested and determined to be operating effectively. In addition, we may need to take additional measures to address the material weakness or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemptionmodify the planned remediation steps, and we cannot be certain that the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our internal controls will be returnedsufficient to address the holders thereof, andissues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective or to ensure that the identified material weakness will not result in a material misstatement of our annual consolidated financial statements. Moreover, we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seekidentify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. If we are unable to amendremediate the material weakness, our amendedability to record, process and restated memorandumreport financial information accurately, and articlesto prepare financial statements with the time periods specified by the rules and forms of associationthe Securities and Exchange Commission, could be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our common stock, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and penalties and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

We are subject to a series of risks related to climate change.
There are inherent climate-related risks wherever business is conducted. Various meteorological phenomena and extreme weather events (including, but not limited to, storms, flooding, drought, wildfire, and extreme temperatures) may disrupt our operations or governing instrumentsthose of our customers and suppliers, require us to incur additional operating or capital expenditures, reduce the demand for certain of our product offerings, or otherwise adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Climate change may impact the frequency and/or intensity of such events. While we may take various actions to mitigate our business risks associated with climate change, this may require us to incur substantial costs and may not be successful, due to, among other things, the uncertainty associated with the longer-term projections associated with managing climate risks.
Additionally, regulatory, market, and other changes to respond to climate change may adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Developing alternatives that satisfy the market’s evolving expectations of vehicle emissions profiles may require us to incur significant costs. Additionally, there are several competing alternatives to replace petroleum-based fuels for vehicles, including but not limited to: electricity, hydrogen, and compressed and/or renewable gas. To the extent potential customers prefer technologies different from those used in the vehicles we develop and manufacture, then demand for such vehicles may not develop as quickly as we expect, or at all.
17

Reporting expectations are also increasing, with a variety of customers, capital providers, and regulators seeking increased information on climate related risks. For example, the SEC has proposed a rule that, if finalized, may require us to incur significant costs to assess and disclose on a range of climate-related data and risks. Increased scrutiny from various parties may also result in increased compliance costs and increased legal risks may also impact our suppliers or customers, which may indirectly impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Increased attention to, and evolving expectations for, sustainability and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) initiatives could increase our costs, harm our reputation, or otherwise adversely impact our business.
Companies across industries are facing increasing scrutiny from a variety of stakeholders related to their ESG and sustainability practices. Expectations regarding voluntary ESG initiatives and disclosures and consumer demand for alternative forms of energy may result in increased costs (including, but not limited to increased costs related to compliance, stakeholder engagement, contracting and insurance), changes in demand for certain products, enhanced compliance or disclosure obligations, or other impacts to our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
While we may in the future engage in voluntary initiatives (such as voluntary disclosures, certifications, or goals, among others) or commitments to improve the ESG profile of our company and/or products, such initiatives or achievements of such commitments may be costly and may not have the desired effect. For example, expectations around company’s management of ESG matters continues to evolve rapidly, in many instances due to factors that are out of our control. In addition, we may commit to certain initiatives or goals and we may not ultimately be able to achieve such commitments or goals due to factors that are within or outside of our control. Moreover, actions or statements that we may take based on expectations, assumptions, or third-party information that we currently believe to be reasonable may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or be subject to misinterpretation. Even if this is not the case, our current actions may subsequently be determined to be insufficient by various stakeholders, and we may be subject to investor or regulator engagement on our ESG initiatives and disclosures, even if such initiatives are currently voluntary.
Certain market participants, including major institutional investors and capital providers, use third-party benchmarks and scores to assess companies’ ESG profiles in making investment or voting decisions. Unfavorable ESG ratings could lead to increased negative investor sentiment towards us or our industry, which could negatively impact our share price as well as our access to and cost of capital. To the extent ESG matters negatively impact our reputation, it may also impede our ability to compete as effectively to attract and retain employees or customers, which may adversely impact our operations.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

Item 2.    Properties
Our headquarters are in Kansas City, Missouri where we house executive management, accounting, finance, information technology, human resources, marketing and procurement professionals. Kansas City, Missouri is also home to our mega-center which performs the majority of our production and manufacturing. We maintain a diverse geographic footprint in the U.S. and Canada, with more than 35 equipment rental and service locations. These facilities are typically service centers for the maintenance and support of our equipment and, depending on the location, may include separate areas for displaying and storage of equipment and parts. Our one-stop shop approach focuses on providing the products and services offered by each of our segments at each of our locations.

18

LocationType
7701 Independence Avenue, Kansas City, MO United StatesOwned
6714 Inverness Way and 7413 Sr 930 E Fort Wayne/New Haven, IN United StatesLeased
11669 226 St Lot 9, Acheson, AB CanadaLeased
9230 51 St SE Calgary, AB CanadaLeased
29 Perini RD, Elliot Lake, ON CanadaLeased
4045 Hwy 5 and 2665 South Rockwood Cabot, AR United StatesLeased
655 E 20Th St Yuma, AZ United StatesLeased
4500 State Rd and 1032 Black Gold Rd Bakersfield, CA United StatesLeased
14670 Randall Ave Fontana, CA United StatesLeased
10808 Weaver Ave South El Monte, CA United StatesLeased
705 W 62Nd Ave Denver, CO and 5455 E 52Nd Ave Commerce City, CO United StatesLeased
4729 Capital Cir Nw and 4755DI Capital Cir Nw Tallahassee, FL United StatesLeased
9879 Us Hwy 301 N; 7906 Baseline Ct and 8949 Maislin Rd Tampa, FL United StatesLeased
3112 E State Rd 124 Bluffton, IN United StatesLeased
5323 Kansas Ave Kansas City, KS United StatesLeased
10740 Nall Ave Overland Park, KS United StatesLeased
9230 Cedar Knoll Dr Grass Lake, MI United StatesLeased
2370 English St Maplewood and 2384 English St Maplewood, MN United StatesLeased
2109 Manchester Trafficway and 6501 E. Commerce Ave, Suite 200 Kansas City, MO United StatesLeased
2770 5Th Ave S Fargo, ND United StatesLeased
6 Sutton Cir and Unit 2 Sutton Cir Condominium Hooksett, NH United StatesLeased
1400 Union Lndg Rd and 1850 Union Lndg Rd Cinnaminson, NJ United StatesLeased
6708 Townline Rd Syracuse, NY United StatesLeased
3522 Middlebranch Rd NE Canton, OH United StatesLeased
3205 Davinion Rd El Reno, OK United StatesLeased
300 Johnson St and 370 Johnson St Wilkes Barre, PA United StatesLeased
1400 E Hwy 67 Alvarado, TX United StatesLeased
2801 N Earl Rudder FWY, Bryan TX United StatesLeased
7200 Jack Newell Blvd S and 7525 Pebble Dr Bldg 24 Fort Worth, TX United StatesLeased
18725 Mckay Blvd Humble, TX United StatesLeased
12519 W I-20 Odessa, TX United StatesLeased
9775 E Lynchburg Salem Tpke Forest, VA United StatesLeased
26109 & 26119 United Rd NE and 26129 Calvary Kingston, WA United StatesLeased
5734 Minder Rd Ste A-1 Poulsbo, WA United StatesLeased
11139 W Becher St West Allis, WI United StatesLeased
2900 Rissler Rd Sedalia, MO United StatesOwned
4334 Snapfinger Woods Dr Atlanta, GA United StatesOwned
1700 Leider Dr Union Grove, WI United StatesOwned
12660 E Lycshburg Salem Turnpike Lynchburgh, VA United StatesOwned
702 East Rose St Elk Point, SD United StatesOwned

We believe that all of our properties are in good operating condition and are suitable to adequately meet our current needs.
19


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
We may, at any given time, be named as a defendant in certain lawsuits, investigations and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these potential lawsuits, investigations and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect these matters to have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. In the opinion of management, there are no pending litigations, disputes or claims against the Company that, if decided adversely, would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

20

PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Custom Truck One Source, Inc.’s common stock and warrants trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CTOS” and “CTOS.WS,” respectively. As of March 8, 2023, there were approximately 68 holders of record of our common stock and 14 holders of record of warrants.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds From Registered Securities
There were no sales of unregistered securities by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2022.
Equity Compensation Plans
For information regarding equity compensation plans, see Item 11, Executive Compensation, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Note 14: Share-Based Compensation, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future. It is presently intended that we will retain our earnings for use in business operations and, accordingly, it is not anticipated that our board of directors will declare dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our ABL and the Indenture include restrictions on our ability to issue dividends.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On August 2, 2022, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program for up to $30.0 million of the Company’s common stock. This authorization does not have an expiration date. Repurchases under the program may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, with the amount and timing of repurchases depending on market conditions and corporate needs.
We purchased and held in treasury 93,118 shares for tax withholding purposes related to our equity compensation plans during the fourth quarter of 2022. The shares purchased under our equity compensation plans were withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards or exercise of stock options.
The following table contains information regarding our purchases of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2022:
PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsApproximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
(in $000s)
October 1, 2022 to October 31, 2022680,754 $6.28 680,423 $23,977 
November 1, 2022 to November 30, 2022381,855 $6.33 381,855 $21,562 
December 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022381,188 $6.37 288,401 $19,721 
1,443,797 $6.31 1,350,679 



Item 6.    [Reserved]


21

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
On April 1, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Nesco Holdings II, Inc., a subsidiary of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (formerly Nesco Holdings, Inc.), completed the acquisition of Custom Truck One Source, L.P. (“Custom Truck LP”) in a mannerseries of transactions described below (the “Acquisition”). On April 1, 2021, Nesco Holdings, Inc. (“Nesco Holdings”) changed its name to “Custom Truck One Source, Inc.” and changed The New York Stock Exchange ticker for its shares of common stock (“Common Stock”) from “NSCO” to “CTOS,” and the ticker of its redeemable warrants from “NSCO.WS” to “CTOS.WS.”
Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, terms such as “we,” “our,” “us,” or “the Company” refer to Nesco Holdings prior to the Acquisition and to the combined company after the Acquisition. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Nesco” or “Nesco Holdings” mean Nesco Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition, and the term “Custom Truck LP” means Custom Truck LP and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition.
Acquisition of Custom Truck LP
On December 3, 2020, Nesco Holdings and Nesco Holdings II, Inc., a subsidiary of Nesco Holdings (the “Buyer” or the “Issuer”), entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”) and other direct and indirect equity holders (collectively, “Sellers”) of Custom Truck LP, Blackstone Capital Partners VI-NQ L.P., and PE One Source Holdings, LLC, an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC (“Platinum”), pursuant to which Buyer agreed to acquire 100% of the partnership interests of Custom Truck LP. In connection with the Acquisition, Nesco Holdings and certain Sellers entered into Rollover and Contribution Agreements (the “Rollover Agreements”), pursuant to which such Sellers agreed to contribute a portion of their equity interests in Custom Truck LP (the “Rollovers”) with an aggregate value of $100.5 million in exchange for shares of Common Stock, valued at $5.00 per share.
Also on December 3, 2020, Nesco Holdings entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with Platinum, relating to, among other things, the issuance and sale to Platinum (the “Subscription”) of shares of Common Stock, for an aggregate purchase price in the range of $700 million to $763 million, with the specific amount calculated in accordance with the Investment Agreement based upon the total equity funding required to fund the consideration paid pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The shares of Common Stock issued and sold to Platinum had a purchase price of $5.00 per share. In accordance with the Investment Agreement, on December 21, 2020, Nesco Holdings entered into Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) to finance, in part, the Acquisition. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, concurrently with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement, the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 28,000,000 shares of Common Stock at $5.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $140 million (the “Supplemental Equity Financing”).
On the Closing Date, in connection with (i) the Rollovers, the Company issued, in the aggregate, 20,100,000 shares of Common Stock to the parties to the Rollover Agreements; (ii) the Subscription, the Company issued 148,600,000 shares of Common Stock to Platinum; and (iii) the Supplemental Equity Financing, the Company issued, in the aggregate, 28,000,000 shares of Common Stock to the PIPE Investors. Following the completion of these transactions, as of April 1, 2021, the Company had 245,919,383 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. The trading price of the Common Stock was $9.35 per share on the Closing Date. The purchase price for the Acquisition was $1.5 billion.
On the Closing Date, the Issuer issued $920 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior secured second lien notes due 2029 (the “2029 Secured Notes”) and, together with its direct parent, and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, entered into a senior secured asset-based revolving credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other lenders party thereto, consisting of a $750.0 million first lien senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with a maturity of five years (the “ABL Facility,” together with the offering of the 2029 Secured Notes, the Acquisition, the Rollover, the Subscription and the Supplemental Equity Financing, the “Acquisition and Related Financing Transactions”). For more detail regarding the 2029 Secured Notes and the ABL Facility, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Presentation of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Custom Truck LP became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company on April 1, 2021. The Company's consolidated financial statements prepared under United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) include Custom Truck LP as of December 31, 2021 and for the period from April 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. Accordingly, information presented for the year ended December 31, 2021 represents the financial results of Nesco Holdings and its subsidiaries for that entire period and the financial results of Custom Truck LP and its subsidiaries only from April 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. Financial information for the year ended December 31, 2021 is not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2020 because of the Acquisition. We have provided an
22

analysis of the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, which financial results are those of Nesco Holdings and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition and does not include Custom Truck LP. Additionally, we have included information on a "pro forma" basis as further described below, which we believe provides for more meaningful year-over-year comparability. The discussion of results of operations in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is presented on a historical basis, as of or for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the year ended December 31, 2021. For a discussion and analysis of the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020, please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated March 16, 2022.
Pro Forma Financial Information
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented in the section entitled “Supplemental Pro Forma Information,” give effect to the Acquisition, as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020, and is presented to facilitate comparisons with our results following the Acquisition. This information has been prepared in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Such unaudited pro forma combined financial information also uses the fair value of assets and liabilities, including the fair value of tax assets and liabilities on the Closing Date, and makes the following assumptions: (1) removes acquisition-related costs and charges that were recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements in the year ended December 31, 2021 and applies these costs and charges to the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the Acquisition and Related Financing Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2020; (2) removes the loss on the extinguishment of debt that was recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements in the year ended December 31, 2021 and applies the charge to the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the debt extinguishment giving rise to the loss had occurred on January 1, 2020; (3) adjusts for the impacts of purchase accounting in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020; (4) adjusts interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, to reflect borrowings on the ABL Facility and issuance of the 2029 Secured Notes, as if the funds had been borrowed and notes had been issued on January 1, 2020 and used to repay pre-acquisition debt; and (5) adjusts for the income tax effect using a tax rate of 25%.
Financial and Performance Measures
Financial Measures
Revenue — As a full-service equipment provider, we generate revenue through renting, selling, assembling, upfitting, and servicing new and used heavy-duty trucks and cranes, as well as the sale of related parts. We also sell and rent specialized tools on an individual basis and in kits. Rental revenue is primarily comprised of revenues from rental agreements and freight charges billed to customers. For periods after January 1, 2021, the Company records changes in estimated collectability directly against rental revenue. Equipment sales revenue reflects the value of vocational trucks and other equipment sold to customers. Parts and service revenue is derived from maintenance and repair services, light upfit services, and parts, tools and accessories sold directly to customers.
Cost of rental revenue — Cost of rental revenue reflects repairs and maintenance costs of rental equipment, parts costs, labor and other overheads related to maintaining the rental fleet, and freight associated with the shipping of rental equipment.
Depreciation of rental equipment — Depreciation of rental equipment is comprised of depreciation expense on the rental fleet. We allocate the cost of rental equipment generally over the rentable life of the equipment. The depreciation allocation is based upon estimated lives ranging from five to seven years. The cost of equipment is depreciated to an estimated residual value using the straight-line method.
Cost of equipment sales — Cost of equipment sales reflects production and inventory costs associated with new units sold, parts costs, labor and other overheads related to production, and freight associated with the shipping and receiving of equipment and parts. Cost of equipment sales also includes the net book value of rental units sold.
Selling, general and administrative expenses — Selling, general and administrative expenses include sales compensation, fleet licensing fees and corporate expenses, including salaries, stock-based compensation expense, insurance, advertising costs, professional services, fees earned on customer arranged financing, gains or losses resulting from insurance settlements, and information technology costs.
Amortization and non-rental depreciation — Amortization expense relates to intangible assets such as customer lists, trade names, etc. Non-rental depreciation expense reflects the depreciation of property and equipment that is not part of the rental fleet.
Transaction expenses and other — Transaction expenses and other include expenses directly related to the acquisition of businesses. These expenses generally are comprised of travel and out-of-pocket expenses and legal, accounting and valuation or appraisal fees
23

incurred in connection with pre- and post-closure activities. We also include costs and expenses associated with post-acquisition integration activities related to the acquired businesses.
Financing and other expense (income) — Financing and other expense (income) reflects the financing expense (income) associated with sales-type lease activity, foreign currency gains and losses related to our Canadian operations, as well as other miscellaneous gains or losses from non-operating activities. Also included in financing and other expense (income) are the unrealized remeasurement gains and losses related to our interest rate collar and redeemable warrants.
Interest expense — Interest expense consists of contractual interest expense on outstanding debt obligations, floorplan financing facilities, amortization of deferred financing costs and other related financing expenses.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) — We have net operating loss carryforward and disallowed interest deduction carryforward assets, which are generally available to be used to offset taxable income generated in future years. Due to limitations on the use of these carryforwards under U.S. federal and state income tax regulations, we record valuation allowances to reduce the carryforward assets to amounts that we estimate will make it easierbe realized. Accordingly, income tax expense or benefit generally is comprised of changes to these valuation allowance estimates and does not reflect taxes on current period income (or tax benefit on current period losses). For these reasons, our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory tax rate.
Performance Measures
We consider the following key operational measures when evaluating our performance and making day-to-day operating decisions:
Ending OEC — Ending original equipment cost (“OEC”) is the original equipment cost of units at the end of the measurement period. OEC represents the original equipment cost, exclusive of the effect of adjustments to rental equipment fleet acquired in business combinations, and is the basis for calculating certain of the measures set forth below. This adjusted measure of OEC is used by our creditors pursuant to our credit agreements, wherein this is a component of the basis for determining compliance with our financial loan covenants. Additionally, the pricing of our rental contracts and equipment sales prices for our equipment is based upon OEC, and we measure a rate of return from our rentals and sales using OEC. OEC is a widely used industry metric to compare fleet dollar value independent of depreciation.
Average OEC on rent — Average OEC on rent is calculated as the weighted-average OEC on rent during the stated period.
Fleet utilization — Fleet utilization is defined as the total number of days the rental equipment was rented during a specified period of time divided by the total number of days available during the same period and weighted based on OEC. Utilization is a measure of fleet efficiency expressed as a percentage of time the fleet is on rent and is considered to be an important indicator of the revenue generating capacity of the fleet.
OEC on rent yield — OEC on rent yield (“ORY”) is a measure of return realized by our rental fleet during a period. ORY is calculated as rental revenue (excluding freight recovery and ancillary fees) during the stated period divided by the average OEC on rent for the same period. For periods less than 12 months, ORY is adjusted to an annualized basis.
Sales order backlog — Sales order backlog consists of purchase orders received for customized and stock equipment. Sales order backlog should not be considered an accurate measure of future net sales.
Operating Segments
Following the Acquisition, we modified our management structure and expanded from two reportable operating segments to three: Equipment Rental Solutions, Truck and Equipment Sales and Aftermarket Parts and Services. Segment information provided within this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been adjusted for all prior periods consistent with the current reportable segment presentation.
Equipment Rental Solutions (“ERS”) Segment — We own a broad range of new and used specialty equipment, including truck-mounted aerial lifts, cranes, service trucks, dump trucks, trailers, digger derricks and other machinery and equipment. As of December 31, 2022, this equipment (the “rental fleet”) is comprised of more than 10,000 units. The majority of our rental fleet can be used across a variety of end-markets, which coincides with the needs of many of our customers who operate in multiple end-markets. As is customary for equipment rental companies, we sell used equipment out of our rental fleet to end user customers. These sales are often made in response to specific customer requests. These sales offer customers an opportunity to buy well-maintained equipment with long remaining useful lives and enable us to completeeffectively manage the age and mix of our initial business combinationrental fleet to match current market demand. We also employ rental purchase options (“RPOs”) on a select basis, which provide a buyout option with an established purchase price that decreases over time as rental revenue is collected. Customers are given credit against such purchase price for a portion of the amounts paid over the life of the rental, allowing customers the flexibility of a rental with the option to purchase at any time at a known price. Activities in our ERS segment consist of the rental and sale from the rental fleet, of the foregoing products.
24

Truck and Equipment Sales (“TES”) Segment — We offer a broad variety of new equipment for sale to be used across our end-markets, which can be modified to meet our customers’ specific needs. We believe that our shareholdersintegrated production capabilities and extensive knowledge gained over a long history of selling equipment have established us as a trusted partner for customers seeking tailored solutions with short lead times. In support of these activities, we primarily employ a direct-to-customer sales model, leveraging our dedicated sales force of industry and product managers, who are focused on driving national and local sales. We also opportunistically engage in the sale of used equipment purchased from third parties or received via trade-ins from new equipment sales customers. In all of these cases, we will sell used equipment directly to customers, rather than relying on auctions. Activities in our TES segment consist of the production and sale of new and used specialty equipment and vocational trucks, which includes equipment from leading original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) across our end-markets, as well as our Load KingTM brand.
Aftermarket Parts and Services (“APS”) Segment — The APS segment includes the sale of specialized aftermarket parts, including captive parts related to our Load KingTM brand, used in the maintenance and repair of the equipment we sell and rent. Specialized tools, including stringing blocks, insulated hot stick, and rigging equipment, are sold or rented to our customers on an individual basis or in packaged specialty kits. We also provide truck and equipment maintenance and repair services, which are executed throughout our nationwide branch network and fleet of mobile technicians supported by our 24/7 call center based in Kansas City, Missouri.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in the Supplemental Pro Forma Information, we report certain financial measures that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We utilize these financial measures to manage our business on a day-to-day basis, and many of these measures are commonly used in our industry to evaluate performance considered to be non-recurring by excluding items. We believe these non-GAAP measures provide investors with expanded insight to assess performance, in addition to the standard GAAP-based financial measures. Reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measure to each non-GAAP measure that we refer to is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following provides a description of the non-GAAP financial measures.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial performance measure that the Company uses to monitor its results of operations and to measure performance against debt covenants and performance relative to competitors. The Company believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful performance measure because it allows for an effective evaluation of operating performance, without regard to financing methods or capital structures. The Company excludes the items identified in the reconciliations of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA because these amounts are either non-recurring or can vary substantially within the industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, including the method by which the assets were acquired, and capital structures. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historical costs of depreciable assets, none of which are reflected in Adjusted EBITDA. The Company's presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that results will be unaffected by the items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA. The Company’s computation of Adjusted EBITDA may not support.

In orderbe identical to effectuateother similarly titled measures of other companies.

The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, and other items that the Company does not view as indicative of ongoing performance. The Company’s Adjusted EBITDA includes an adjustment to exclude the effects of purchase accounting adjustments when calculating the cost of inventory and used equipment sold. When inventory or equipment is purchased in connection with a business combination, blank checkthe assets are revalued to their current fair values for accounting purposes. The consideration transferred (i.e., the purchase price) in a business combination is allocated to the fair values of the assets as of the acquisition date, with amortization or depreciation recorded thereafter following applicable accounting policies; however, this may not be indicative of the actual cost to acquire inventory or new equipment that is added to product inventory or the rental fleets apart from a business acquisition. Additionally, the pricing of rental contracts and equipment sales prices for equipment is based on OEC, and the Company measures a rate of return from rentals and sales using OEC. The Company also includes an adjustment to remove the impact of accounting for certain of our rental contracts with customers containing a rental purchase option that are accounted for under GAAP as a sales-type lease. We include this adjustment because we believe continuing to reflect the transactions as an operating lease better reflects the economics of the transactions given our large portfolio of rental contracts. These, and other, adjustments to GAAP net income or loss that are applied to derive Adjusted EBITDA are specified by the Company’s senior secured credit agreements.
Although management evaluates and presents the Adjusted EBITDA non-GAAP measure for the reasons described herein, please be aware that this non-GAAP measure has limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for revenue, operating income/loss, net income/loss, earnings/loss per share or any other comparable operating measure prescribed by GAAP. In addition, we
25

may calculate and/or present this non-GAAP financial measure differently than measures with the same or similar names that other companies have,report, and, as a result, the non-GAAP measure we report may not be comparable to those reported by others.
Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA
We present Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021, as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. Refer to the reconciliation of pro forma combined net income (loss) to Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021 in the recent past, amended various provisionssection entitled “Supplemental Pro Forma Information.”

Overview of their chartersMarkets
We continue to focus on four primary end-markets: Electric Utility Transmission and governing instruments,Distribution, or T&D, Telecom, Rail, Forestry, Waste Management, and Infrastructure. In the T&D end-market, we continue to observe demand for new generation assets resulting in the development of new transmission lines as well as repair projects to address advanced-age transmission and distribution grids to replace existing lines and poles. These factors resulted in continued demand from our customers of the Company’s products and services. Telecom, specifically the roll-out of 5G, has seen some positive trends over the last few years. Our existing T&D related contactor customers will continue to deliver the roll-out, and our existing equipment portfolio aligns well with the needs of this market. Rail investment, both in the freight and commuter markets, remains robust. The existing rail infrastructure is aged and in need of maintenance. Infrastructure also provides potential growth opportunities as seen by the major road and bridge maintenance work experienced across the United States.
The Company purchases raw materials, component parts and finished goods to be used in the manufacturing, sale and rental of its products. Uncertainty remains regarding supply chain disruptions, inflationary pressures, public health crises, and geopolitical risks that have led to issues, broadly, in the supply chain. Changes in the Company’s relationships with suppliers, shortages in availability of materials, production delays, regulatory restrictions, public health crises, or other supply chain disruptions, whether due to suppliers or customers, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to timely manufacture and market products. Increases in the costs of shipping and transportation, purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or the Company’s inability to market products. The unprecedented nature of the supply chain disruptions continues to make it difficult to predict the Company’s future business and financial performance. The Company continues to monitor the impact on its supply chain, including, their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amendedbut not limited to, the definitioncommercial vehicle manufacturers that provide the chassis used in the Company’s production and manufacturing processes and the ongoing semiconductor shortage, which could potentially limit the ability of these manufacturers to meet demand in future periods.


26


Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021
The consolidated operating results presented below for the year ended December 31, 2021 include the results of Custom Truck LP from April 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 and, therefore, are not comparable to the year ended December 31, 2022.
Consolidated Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)2022% of revenue2021% of revenue$ Change% of change
Rental revenue$464,039 29.5%$370,067 31.7%$93,972 25.4%
Equipment sales982,341 62.4%695,334 59.6%287,007 41.3%
Parts sales and services126,706 8.1%101,753 8.7%24,953 24.5%
Total revenue1,573,086 100.0%1,167,154 100.0%405,932 34.8%
Cost of revenue, excluding rental equipment depreciation1,017,635 64.7%800,031 68.5%217,604 27.2%
Depreciation of rental equipment171,703 10.9%157,110 13.5%14,593 9.3%
Gross profit383,748 24.4%210,013 18.0%173,735 82.7%
Total operating expenses280,440 251,980 28,460 
Operating income (loss)103,308 (41,967)145,275 
Total other expense56,576 135,109 (78,533)
Income (loss) before income taxes46,732 (177,076)223,808 
Income tax expense (benefit)7,827 4,425 3,402 
Net income (loss)$38,905 $(181,501)$220,406 
Total Revenue - The increase in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, both in total and for each of our individual revenue streams, was driven by the addition of Custom Truck LP’s revenues to our operating results and strong customer demand for equipment sales, rental equipment and for parts sales and service. The Acquisition significantly increased the size of our rental fleet and added a new equipment production and sales line of business combination,(which we report under our TES segment) and a parts sales and heavy equipment service business. In addition, we achieved record levels of vehicle production in 2022. The rental revenue reflects our continued expansion of our rental fleet, higher utilization and pricing gains. Equipment sales increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focusas an improvement in supply chain challenges allowed for greater order fulfillments.
Cost of Revenue, Excluding Rental Equipment Depreciation - Consistent with the increase in revenue versus the prior year period, the increase in cost of revenue, excluding rental equipment depreciation, was driven by the addition of Custom Truck LP’s cost of revenue to our operating results.
Total Operating Expenses - The primary drivers of the increase in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 was the addition of Custom Truck LP’s operating expenses to our operating results.
Total Other Expense - The decrease inother expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 was largely driven by mark-to-market gains related to our private warrants, which are accounted for as a liability derivative instrument, partially offset by increases in interest expense. Expenses for a loss on extinguishment of debt related to the closing of the Acquisition were included in the year ended December 31, 2021.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) - Our overall effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2022 was affected by a number of factors, such as the relative amounts of income we earn in differing tax jurisdictions, tax law changes, certain non-deductible expenses (non-taxable income), such as compensation disallowance and mark-to-market adjustments on derivative financial instruments, and changes in the valuation allowance we establish against deferred tax assets. The rate was also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, such as legislative enactments and changes in our corporate structure that may occur. These discrete items may not be consistent from year to year. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the impact of discrete items, such as derivative mark-to-market adjustments, transaction and integration expenses, our foreign operations and changes in the valuation allowance, resulted in an overall effective tax rate in the period of 16.7% and $7.8 million of tax expense being recognized in the year ended December 31, 2022. The overall effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2021 was (2.5)%, $4.4 million of tax expense recognized, and was primarily driven by changes in the valuation allowance.
27

On August 16, 2022, the U.S. enacted the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”), which, among other things, implements a 15% minimum tax for certain large corporations, a 1% excise tax on net stock repurchases, and several tax incentives to promote clean energy. The IRA is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2022. Based on our current analysis of the provisions, we do not believe this legislation will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. We will continue to monitor the additional guidance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).
Net Income (Loss) - The change in net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2022 was due to the addition of Custom Truck LP to our operating results and mark-to-market gains related to our private warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we incurred significant transaction expenses in connection with the closing of the Acquisition, including the loss on the extinguishment of debt.
Key Performance Measures
We believe that our operating model, together with our highly variable cost structure, enables us to sustain high margins, strong cash flow generation and stable financial performance throughout various economic cycles. We are able to generate cash flow through our earnings. Our highly variable cost structure adjusts with the utilization of our equipment, thereby reducing our costs to match our revenue. We principally evaluate financial performance based on the following measurements: ending OEC, average OEC on rent, fleet utilization, and OEC on rent yield. We also report sales order backlog related to our customers’ orders as an indicator of the demand environment for our products. The table below presents these key measures.
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021Change% Change
Ending OEC (as of period end)$1,455,820 $1,363,451 $92,369 6.8 %
Average OEC on rent$1,187,950 $960,203 $227,747 23.7 %
Fleet utilization83.9 %81.2 %2.7 %3.3 %
OEC on rent yield39.1 %38.0 %1.1 %2.9 %
Sales order backlog (as of period end)$754,142 $411,636 $342,506 83.2 %
Ending OEC - The increase in Ending OEC for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the same period in 2021 was driven by positive net rental fleet additions in the current period and the acquisition of HiRail in the first quarter of 2022.
Average OEC on Rent - The increase in Average OEC on rent for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the same period in 2021 was driven by fleet growth and continued strong rental demand.
Fleet Utilization - Fleet utilization increased as a result of strong rental demand.
OEC on Rent Yield - OEC on rent yield increased as a result of the impact of continued pricing increases, reflective of strong demand.
Sales Order Backlog - Sales order backlog consists of customer orders placed for customized and stock equipment. The increase in sales order backlog was driven by continued strong customer demand.
Adjusted EBITDA
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. As previously noted, Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for revenue, operating income/loss, net income/loss, earnings/loss per share or any other comparable operating measure prescribed by GAAP.
28

Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021$ Change% Change
Net income (loss)$38,905 $(181,501)$220,406 121.4 %
Interest expense76,265 67,610 8,655 12.8 %
Income tax expense (benefit)7,827 4,425 3,402 76.9 %
Depreciation and amortization223,483 209,073 14,410 6.9 %
EBITDA346,480 99,607 246,873 247.8 %
   Adjustments:
   Non-cash purchase accounting impact (1)
23,069 33,954 (10,885)(32.1)%
   Transaction and integration costs (2)
26,218 51,993 (25,775)(49.6)%
   Loss on extinguishment of debt (3)
— 61,695 (61,695)(100.0)%
   Sales-type lease adjustment (4)
5,204 7,030 (1,826)(26.0)%
   Share-based payments (5)
12,297 17,313 (5,016)(29.0)%
Change in fair value of derivative and warrants (6)
(20,290)6,192 (26,482)(427.7)%
Adjusted EBITDA$392,978 $277,784 $115,194 41.5 %
(1) Represents the non-cash impact of purchase accounting, net of accumulated depreciation, on the cost of equipment and inventory sold. The equipment and inventory acquired received a purchase accounting step-up in basis, which is a non-cash adjustment to the equipment cost pursuant to our ABL Credit Agreement.
(2) Represents transaction and process improvement costs related to acquisitions of businesses, including post-acquisition integration costs, which are recognized within operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). These expenses are comprised of professional consultancy, legal, tax and accounting fees. Also included are expenses associated with the integration of acquired businesses. These expenses are presented as adjustments to net income (loss) pursuant to our ABL Credit Agreement.
(3)     Loss on extinguishment of debt represents special charges, which are not expected to recur. Such charges are adjustments pursuant to our ABL Credit Agreement.
(4) Represents the impact of sales-type lease accounting for certain leases containing RPOs, as the application of sales-type lease accounting is not deemed to be representative of the ongoing cash flows of the underlying rental contracts. The adjustments are made pursuant to our ABL Credit Agreement.
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Equipment sales$(41,525)$(16,274)
Cost of equipment sales37,582 16,532 
Gross (profit) loss(3,943)258 
Interest (income) expense(12,130)(5,898)
Rentals invoiced21,277 12,670 
Sales-type lease adjustment$5,204 $7,030 
(5) Represents non-cash share-based compensation expense associated with the issuance of stock options and restricted stock units.
(6) Represents the charge to earnings for our interest rate collar and the change in fair value of the liability for warrants.

Operating Results by Segment
The following segment information compares results by segment for years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The information for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes results of Custom Truck LP from April 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. Accordingly, the year-over-year changes in all financial statement line items within each segment is attributable to the addition of Custom Truck LP on April 1, 2021. Refer to the Supplemental Pro Forma Information section in this filing that presents the consolidated results of the Company and Custom Truck LP for the year ended December 31, 2021.
29

Equipment Rental Solutions (ERS) Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Rental revenue$449,108 $354,557 
Equipment sales212,146 105,435 
Total revenue661,254 459,992 
Cost of rental revenue106,598 94,644 
Cost of equipment sales158,167 90,420 
Depreciation of rental equipment167,962 151,954 
Total cost of revenue432,727 337,018 
Gross profit$228,527 $122,974 
Total Revenue - The increase in total revenue for the ERS segment for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was driven by the addition of Custom Truck LP’s revenues to our operating results and strong customer demand for rental equipment and equipment sales. Continued demand across our end-markets coupled with growth in the rental fleet were contributors to higher levels of fleet utilization.
Cost of Revenue - The increase in total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was driven by the addition of Custom Truck LP’s cost of revenue to our operating results. The increase in sales volume of rental equipment and growth in the rental fleet that contributed to higher depreciation expense, were also drivers of the increase.
Gross Profit - The increase in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to the addition of Custom Truck LP.

Truck and Equipment Sales (TES) Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Equipment sales$770,195 $589,899 
Cost of equipment sales647,685 528,024 
Gross profit$122,510 $61,875 
Equipment Sales - Equipment sales increased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, as an improvement in supply chain challenges allowed for greater order fulfillments. We continue to see strong customer demand for our products, as evidenced by the growth in our sales order backlog for the year ended December 31, 2022 versus the year ended December 31, 2021, and a positive pricing environment for our products.
Cost of Equipment Sales - The increase in cost of equipment sales for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to an increase in supply chain costs and an increase in equipment sales for the period.
Gross Profit - The increase in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 is reflective of an increase in equipment sales and a positive pricing environment for our products.

30

Aftermarket Parts and Services (APS) Segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Rental revenue$14,931 $15,510 
Parts and services revenue126,706 101,753 
Total revenue141,637 117,263 
Cost of revenue105,185 86,943 
Depreciation of rental equipment3,741 5,156 
Total cost of revenue108,926 92,099 
Gross profit$32,711 $25,164 
Total Revenue - Total revenue increased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, driven by growth in demand for parts, tools and accessories (“PTA”) sales, partially offset by reduced tools and accessories rentals in the PTA division.
Cost of Revenue - The increase in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was due to product mix and expenses related to labor and facilities maintenance.
Gross Profit - The increase in gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to growth in demand, partially offset by increased supply chain costs and product mix.

Supplemental Pro Forma Information
As result of the Acquisition and Related Financing Transactions, we believe presenting supplemental pro forma financial information is beneficial to the readers of our financial statements. The following table sets forth key metrics used by management to run our business on a pro forma and combined basis as if the Acquisition and Related Financing Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2020. Refer to the information below for pro forma adjustments of the statement of operations.
Summary Pro Forma Financial Information and Operational Data
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)2022 Actual2021 Pro Forma
Revenue$1,573,086 $1,483,625 
Gross profit$383,748 $278,418 
Net income (loss)$38,905 $(90,521)
Adjusted EBITDA$392,978 $323,118 
Fleet and Operational Metrics:
Ending OEC (as of period end)$1,455,820 $1,363,451 
Average OEC on rent$1,187,950 $1,097,200 
Fleet utilization83.9 %81.2 %
OEC on rent yield39.1 %38.0 %
Sales order backlog (as of period end)$754,142 $411,636 
Pro Forma Financial Statements
The following pro forma information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, "Pro Forma Financial Information," as amended by the Securities and Exchange Commission's Final Rule Release No. 33-10786, "Amendments to Financial Disclosures About Acquired and Disposed Businesses," as adopted on May 21, 2020 ("Article 11"). The amended Article 11 became effective on January 1, 2021. The pro forma combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 combine the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) of Nesco Holdings and Custom Truck LP, giving effect to the following items as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020:
i.the sale of the Company’s Common Stock, proceeds from which were used for the Acquisition;
ii.the extinguishment of Nesco’s asset-based revolving credit facility (the "2019 Credit Facility") and its 10% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Secured Notes") and the contemporaneous issuance of the 2029 Secured Notes and borrowings under the ABL Facility, proceeds from which were used for the Acquisition; and
31

iii.the estimated effects of the Acquisition of Custom Truck LP, inclusive of the estimated effects of debt repaid.
The adjustments presented in the following pro forma financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company following the transactions and events described above. The pro forma financial information set forth below is based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable and is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different if the transactions described above had been completed sooner. You should not rely on the pro forma financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved if these transactions and events had been completed as of January 1, 2020. The pro forma combined financial information below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully below.
During the preparation of these pro forma combined financial statements, we assessed whether there were any material differences between the accounting policies of the Company and Custom Truck LP. The assessment performed did not identify any material differences and, as such, these pro forma combined financial statements do not adjust for or assume any differences in accounting policies between the two entities.
The following pro forma combined financial information and associated notes are based on the historical financial statements of Nesco Holdings and Custom Truck LP prior to the Acquisition. The pro forma combined statements of operations for the period indicated below is based on, derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company’s historical financial statements.
Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2021
(in $000s)Custom Truck One Source, Inc.Custom Truck LP
(Three Months Ended March 31, 2021)
Pro Forma Adjustmentsa
Pro Forma Combined
Rental revenue$370,067 $51,973 $— $422,040 
Equipment sales695,334 245,955 — 941,289 
Parts sales and services101,753 18,543 — 120,296 
Total revenue1,167,154 316,471 — 1,483,625 
Cost of revenue800,031 240,678 (19,186)b1,021,523 
Depreciation of rental equipment157,110 22,757 3,817 c183,684 
Total cost of revenue957,141 263,435 (15,369)1,205,207 
Gross profit210,013 53,036 15,369 278,418 
Selling, general and administrative155,783 34,428 — 190,211 
Amortization40,754 1,990 3,589 d46,333 
Non-rental depreciation3,613 1,151 (213)d4,551 
Transaction expenses and other51,830 5,254 (40,277)e16,807 
Total operating expenses251,980 42,823 (36,901)257,902 
Operating income (loss)(41,967)10,213 52,270 20,516 
Loss on extinguishment of debt61,695 — (61,695)f— 
Interest expense, net72,843 9,992 (3,919)g78,916 
Finance and other expense (income)571 (2,346)— (1,775)
Total other expense135,109 7,646 (65,614)77,141 
Income (loss) before taxes(177,076)2,567 117,884 (56,625)
Income tax expense4,425 — 29,471 h33,896 
Net income (loss)$(181,501)$2,567 $88,413 $(90,521)
a.The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following as if they occurred on January 1, 2020: (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the extinguishment of Nesco Holdings’ 2019 Credit Facility and the repayment of the 2024 Secured Notes in connection with the Acquisition and (iii) the extinguishment of the outstanding borrowings of Custom Truck LP’s credit facility and term loan that was repaid on the closing of the Acquisition.
b.Represents adjustments to cost of revenue for a reduction to depreciation expense for the difference between historical depreciation and depreciation of the fair value of the property and equipment acquired from the Acquisition.
c.Represents the adjustment for depreciation of rental fleet relating to the mark-up to fair value from purchase accounting as a result of the Acquisition.
d.Represents the differential in other amortization and depreciation related to the fair value of the identified intangible assets from purchase accounting as a result of the Acquisition.
e.Represents the elimination of transaction expenses recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021. The expenses were directly attributable to the Acquisition and are reflected as adjustments to the comparable prior period (e.g. December 31, 2020) as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020.
f.Represents the elimination of the loss on extinguishment of debt recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 as though the repayment of the 2019 Credit Facility and the 2024 Secured Notes had occurred on January 1, 2020.
32

g.Reflects the differential in interest expense, inclusive of amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs, related to the Company’s debt structure after the Acquisition as though the following had occurred on January 1, 2020: (i) borrowings under the ABL Facility; (ii) repayment of the 2019 Credit Facility; (iii) repayment of the 2024 Secured Notes; (iv) repayment of Custom Truck LP’s borrowings under its revolving credit and term loan facility; and (v) the issuance of the 2029 Secured Notes.
h.Reflects the adjustment to recognize the tax impacts of the pro forma adjustments for which a tax expense is recognized using a statutory tax rate of 25%.


Reconciliation of Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) to Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA
The following table provides a reconciliation of pro forma net income (loss) to pro forma Adjusted EBITDA, as applicable:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)2022 Actual2021 Pro Forma
Net income (loss)$38,905 $(90,521)
Interest expense76,265 71,204 
Income tax expense (benefit)7,827 33,896 
Depreciation and amortization223,483 243,570 
EBITDA346,480 258,149 
Adjustments:
Non-cash purchase accounting impact(a)23,069 15,755 
Transaction and integration costs(b)26,218 16,967 
Sales-type lease adjustment(c)5,204 8,185 
Share-based payments(d)12,297 17,870 
Change in fair value of derivative and warrants(e)(20,290)6,192 
Adjusted EBITDA$392,978 $323,118 
a.Represents the non-cash impact of purchase accounting, net of accumulated depreciation, on the cost of equipment and inventory sold. The equipment and inventory acquired received a purchase accounting step-up in basis, which is a non-cash adjustment to the equipment cost pursuant to our credit agreement.
b.Represents transaction and process improvement costs related to acquisitions of businesses, including post-acquisition integration costs, which are recognized within operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). These expenses are comprised of professional consultancy, legal, tax and accounting fees. Also included are expenses associated with the integration of acquired businesses. These expenses are presented as adjustments to net income (loss) pursuant to our ABL Credit Agreement.
c.Represents the adjustment for the impact of sales-type lease accounting for certain leases containing rental purchase options (or “RPOs”), as the application of sales-type lease accounting is not deemed to be representative of the ongoing cash flows of the underlying rental contracts. This adjustment is made pursuant to our credit agreement.
d.Represents non-cash share-based compensation expense associated with the issuance of stock options and restricted stock units.
e.Represents the charge to earnings for our interest rate collar and the change in fair value of the liability for warrants.


For the Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020
For a comparison of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, see “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2022, which is incorporated herein by reference.
33


Liquidity and Capital Resources
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021
Our principal sources of liquidity include cash generated by operating activities and borrowings under revolving credit facilities as described below. We believe that our liquidity sources and operating cash flows are sufficient to address our operating, debt service and capital requirements, including investments in our rental fleet, over the next 12 months. As of December 31, 2022, we had $14.4 million in cash and cash equivalents compared to $35.9 million as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2022, we had $437.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our ABL Facility compared to $394.9 million of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2021.
Future Contractual Obligations
Our estimated future obligations as of December 31, 2022 include both short-term (over the next 12 months) and long-term obligations. We expect that our principal short-term (over the next 12 months) and long-term needs for cash relating to our operations will be to fund operating activities and working capital, the purchase of rental equipment and inventories for vocational truck production and parts and accessories products, human capital costs (which are not accurately estimable), payments due under leases, debt service, and acquisitions. We plan to fund such cash requirements from our existing sources of cash. In addition, we may seek additional financing through the use of additional operating leases or other financing sources as market conditions permit.
Our expected material contractual cash requirements over the next twelve months primarily consist of minimum operating lease obligations of $6.9 million, finance lease obligations of $2.0 million, debt principal and interest payments of $6.9 million and $79.0 million, respectively, and the repayment of floor plan borrowings. We enter into purchase agreements with manufacturers and suppliers of chassis, parts and components and attachments, for our rental fleet and inventory. The purchase agreements are cancellable within a specified notification period to the supplier. Such amounts are not estimable as of December 31, 2022.
Operating Lease and Finance Lease Payments. We have short-term and long-term minimum cash requirements for operating lease payments of $6.9 million and $31.8 million, respectively. We have short-term and long-term minimum cash requirements for finance lease payments of $2.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The total amounts do not equal the carrying amount due to imputed interest. See Note 10: Leases as Lessee in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, for a summary of the estimated future repayment terms for the operating lease and finance lease amounts.
Floor Plan Financing. We have floor plan payables of $293.5 million at December 31, 2022 that represent financing arrangement to facilitate our purchase of chassis, parts, components and attachments inventory. All floor plan payables are collateralized by the inventory financed. These payables become due and payable upon the sale, transfer, or reclassification of each unit to inventory. See Note 7: Floor Plan Financing in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8, for obligations related to trade and non-trade floor plan financings.
Daimler Truck Financial
The Company is party to the Wholesale Financing Agreement with Daimler Truck Financial (the “Daimler Facility”) which bears interest at a rate of the Prime plus 0.80% after an initial interest free period of up to 150 days. The total borrowing capacity under the Daimler Facility is $175.0 million. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, borrowings on the Daimler Facility were $105.4 million and $46.0 million, respectively. The Daimler agreement is evergreen and is subject to termination by either party through written notice.
PACCAR
The Company has an Inventory Financing Agreement with PACCAR Financial Corp that provides the Company with a line of credit of $75.0 million to finance inventory purchases of new Peterbilt and/or Kenworth trucks, tractors, and chassis. Amounts borrowed against this line of credit incur interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.4%. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, borrowings on the PACCAR line of credit were $31.2 million and $26.7 million, respectively. Effective during the first quarter of 2023, the interest rate will be U.S. Prime Rate minus 0.6%. The PACCAR agreement extends automatically each April and is subject to termination by either party through written notice.
References to the prime rate in the foregoing agreements represent the rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.
34

PNC Equipment Finance, LLC
The Company has an Inventory Loan, Guaranty and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC. As of December 31, 2022, the Loan Agreement provided the Company with a $315.0 million revolving credit facility, which matures on August 25, 2023. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, borrowings on the Loan Agreement were $293.5 million and $165.2 million, respectively, and the interest rate was a three-month term secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) plus 3.25% and a LIBOR plus 3.05%, respectively.
Notes Payable and Loan Principal and Interest Payments. We have short-term and long-term cash requirements of $6.9 million and $1,382.5 million, respectively, for the payment of principal related to notes payable and loans as of December 31, 2022 . The total amount does not equal the carrying amount due to unamortized deferred charges. See Note 9: Long-Term Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 for more information.
ABL Facility
In connection with the Acquisition on the Closing Date, the Buyer, as borrower, and the ABL Guarantors (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) entered into the ABL Credit Agreement. The ABL Facility provides for revolving loans, in an amount equal to the lesser of the then-current borrowing base (described below) and the committed maximum borrowing capacity of $750.0 million, with a $75.0 million swingline sublimit, and letters of credit in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50.0 million and (b) the aggregate unused amount of commitments under the ABL Facility then in effect. The ABL Facility permits the Buyer to incur additional capacity under the ABL Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 60.0% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) in additional commitments. As of the Closing Date, Buyer had no commitments from any lender to provide incremental commitments.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility are limited by a borrowing base calculation based on the sum of, without duplication:
(a) 90.0% of book value of eligible accounts of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; plus
(b) the lesser of (i) 75.0% of book value of eligible parts inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors (subject to certain exceptions) and (ii) 90.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible parts inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; plus
(c) the sum of (i) 95.0% of the net book value of the eligible fleet inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors that has not been appraised and (ii) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible fleet inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors that has been appraised; plus
(d) 100.0% of eligible cash of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; minus
(e) any reserves established by the administrative agent from time to time.
As of December 31, 2022, borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was $309.4 million, and outstanding standby letters of credit were $2.9 million. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bears interest at a floating rate, which, at Buyer’s election, could be (a) in the case of U.S. dollar denominated loans, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin or (b) in the case of Canadian dollar denominated loans, the CDOR rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies based on Average Availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) from (x) with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreementsbase rate loans, 0.50% to 1.00% and (y) with respect to LIBOR loans and CDOR rate loans, 1.50% to 2.00%. The ability to draw under the ABL Facility or issue letters of credit thereunder is conditioned upon, among other things, delivery of prior written notice of a borrowing or issuance, as applicable, the ability to reaffirm the representations and warranties contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and the absence of any default or event of default under the ABL Facility.
Buyer is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the ABL Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.375% per annum, which may be reduced following the first full fiscal quarter to 0.250% per annum based on average daily usage. Buyer must also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.
The balance outstanding under the ABL Facility will be due and payable on April 1, 2026. Buyer may, at any time and from time to time, prepay, without premium or penalty, any borrowing under the ABL Facility and terminate, or from time to time reduce, the commitments under the ABL Facility.
The obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by Capitol Investment Merger Sub 2, LLC, Buyer and each of Buyer’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, as well as certain of Buyer’s material Canadian subsidiaries (the “ABL Guarantors”). The obligations under the ABL Facility and the guarantees of those
35

obligations are secured by (subject to certain exceptions): (i) a first priority pledge by each ABL Guarantor of all of the equity interests of restricted subsidiaries directly owned by such ABL Guarantors (limited to 65% of voting capital stock in the case of foreign subsidiaries owned directly by a U.S. subsidiary and subject to certain other exceptions in the case of non-wholly owned subsidiaries) and (ii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the ABL Guarantors’ present and after-acquired assets (subject to certain exceptions).
The ABL Facility contains customary negative covenants for transactions of this type, including covenants that, among other things, limit Buyer’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends, redeem stock, or make other distributions; repurchase, prepay or redeem subordinated indebtedness; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of Buyer’s restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Buyer; create liens; transfer or sell assets; consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Buyer’s assets; enter into certain transactions with Buyer’s affiliates; and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions, as well as a restrictive covenant applicable to each Specified Floor Plan Company (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) limiting its ability to own certain assets and engage in certain lines of business. In addition, the ABL Facility contains a springing financial covenant that requires Buyer and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) of at least 1.00 to 1.00; provided that the financial covenant shall only be tested when Specified Excess Availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (ii) $60.0 million (the “FCCR Test Amount”), in which case it shall be tested at the end of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter until the date on which Specified Excess Availability has exceeded the FCCR Test Amount for 30 consecutive calendar days.
The ABL Facility provides for a number of customary events of default, including, among others, and in each case subject to an applicable grace period: payment defaults to the lenders; covenant defaults; material inaccuracies of representations and warranties; failure to pay certain other indebtedness after final maturity or acceleration of other indebtedness exceeding a specified amount; voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy proceedings; material judgments for payment of money exceeding a specified amount; and certain change of control events. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of obligations and the termination of revolving commitments under the ABL Facility.
2029 Secured Notes
On the Closing Date, the Issuer issued $920.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior secured second lien notes due 2029. The 2029 Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021, between the Issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and the guarantors party thereto (the “Indenture”). The Issuer pays interest on the 2029 Secured Notes semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2021. Unless earlier redeemed, the 2029 Secured Notes will mature on April 15, 2029.
Ranking and Security
The 2029 Secured Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Capitol Investment Merger Sub 2, LLC and, subject to certain exceptions, each of the Issuer’s existing and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that is an obligor under the ABL Credit Agreement or certain other capital markets indebtedness. Under the terms of the Indenture, the 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness and are effectively senior to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ unsecured indebtedness and indebtedness secured by liens junior to the liens securing the 2029 Secured Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2029 Secured Notes. The 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ senior indebtedness, without giving effect to collateral arrangements, and effectively equal to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ senior indebtedness secured on the same priority basis as the 2029 Secured Notes. The 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ indebtedness that is secured by assets that do not constitute collateral for the 2029 Secured Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and indebtedness that is secured by a senior-priority lien, including the ABL Credit Agreement to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
Optional Redemption Provisions and Repurchase Rights
At any time, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the 2029 Secured Notes are redeemable at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes redeemed, plus a make-whole premium as set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. Beginning April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem the 2029 Secured Notes, at its option, in whole or in part, at any time, subject to the payment of a redemption price together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. The redemption price includes a call premium that varies (from 2.750% to 0.000%) depending on the year of redemption.
36

In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes, at a redemption price equal to 105.5% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of sales of one or more equity offerings by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, subject to certain exceptions.
In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date; provided that, in any given calendar year, any amount not previously utilized in any calendar year may be carried forward to subsequent calendar years.
Subject to certain exceptions, the holders of the 2029 Secured Notes also have the right to require the warrantsIssuer to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articlesrepurchase their 2029 Secured Notes upon the occurrence of association will requirea change in control, as defined in the Indenture, at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meetingan offer price equal to 101% of the company. Amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50%principal amount of the public warrants. 2029 Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.
In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires us to provide our public shareholders withif the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substanceIssuer or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of our securities, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

29

The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our shareholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions relatedrestricted subsidiaries sells assets, under certain circumstances, the Issuer is required to pre-business combination activity (includinguse the requirementnet proceeds to deposit proceeds ofmake an offer to purchase the Offering and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote2029 Secured Notes at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our ordinary shares. Our initial shareholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our Sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination prior to August 21, 2019, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-sharean offer price payable in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date.

In connection with any offer to purchase all or any of the 2029 Secured Notes (including a change of control offer and any tender offer), if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount thenof the 2029 Secured Notes validly tender their 2029 Secured Notes, the Issuer or a third party is entitled to redeem any remaining 2029 Secured Notes at the price offered to each holder.
Restrictive Covenants
The Indenture contains covenants that limit the Issuer’s (and certain of its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem stock, or make other distributions; (iii) make other restricted payments or investments; (iv) create liens on depositassets; (v) transfer or sell assets; (vi) create restrictions on payment of dividends or other amounts by the Issuer to the Issuer’s restricted subsidiaries; (vii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; or (ix) designate the Issuer’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
Events of Default
The Indenture provides for customary events of default, including non-payment, failure to comply with covenants or other agreements in the trust account, including interest earned on the trust account not previously released to us to pay income taxesIndenture, and for working capital (subject tocertain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. If an annual limit of $750,000), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our Sponsors, executive officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our shareholders would needdefault occurs and continues with respect to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our initial shareholders purchase any additional Class A ordinary shares in the market2029 Secured Notes, the trustee or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our initial shareholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

30

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50%30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result,2029 Secured Notes of such series may declare the exercise priceentire principal amount of your warrants couldall the 2029 Secured Notes to be increased,due and payable immediately (except that if such event of default is caused by certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the termsentire principal of the warrants may be amended2029 Secured Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice).

Notes Payables
Our notes payable require the consentCompany to pay monthly and quarterly interest payments and have maturities beginning in 2022 through 2026. Notes payable include (i) debt assumed from the Acquisition related to borrowings for facilities renovations and to support general business activities, (ii) notes payables related to past businesses acquired, and (iii) term loans. Subsequent to the Acquisition, the Company consolidated certain notes payable assumed from the Acquisition into a $23.9 million loan agreement with Security Bank of any holderKansas City (“SBKC”) that bears interest at a rate of 3.125% per annum, and a $3.5 million loan agreement with SBKC that bears interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum.
2023 Credit Facility
On January 13, 2023, the Company entered into a new credit agreement allowing for borrowings of up to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires$18.0 million (the “2023 Credit Facility”). Proceeds from the approval by the holders of at least 50%credit agreement were used to finance a portion of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interestsCompany’s acquisition of real property from a related party in December 2022, see Note 20: Related Parties for further information. A portion of the registered holdersloan proceeds will be used to finance improvements to the property. In connection with entering into the agreement, the Company received proceeds of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have$13.7 million with the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration,draw an additional $4.2 million upon completion of certain construction milestones. Borrowings bear interest at a pricefixed rate of $0.015.75% per warrant,annum and are required to be repaid monthly in an amount of approximately $0.1 million with a balloon payment due on the maturity date of January 13, 2028. Borrowings are secured by the real property and improvements.

37

Historical Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Net cash flow from operating activities$45,968 $138,926 
Net cash flow from investing activities(218,936)(1,429,480)
Net cash flow from financing activities153,896 1,323,044 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(2,470)— 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$(21,542)$32,490 
As of December 31, 2022, we had cash and cash equivalents of $14.4 million, a decrease of $21.5 million from December 31, 2021. Generally, we manage our cash flow by using any excess cash, after considering our working capital and capital expenditure needs, including paying down the outstanding balance under our ABL Facility.
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash provided thatby operating activities was $46.0 million for the closing priceyear ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $138.9 million in the same period of 2021. The use of cash in the current period is the result of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjustedincreased levels of inventory purchases and production.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $218.9 million for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizationsthe year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to cash used in investing activities of $1,429.5 million in 2021. The decrease is attributable to the cash paid to acquire Custom Truck LP on April 1, 2021.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $153.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $1,323.0 million in 2021. The decrease is attributable to the cash proceeds provided by the sale of our common stock and placement of new debt, the like)funds from which were used to acquire Custom Truck LP on April 1, 2021.
Year Ended December 31, 2021, Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
For a comparison of our liquidity and capital resources for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period endingthe year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, see “Part II, Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our annual report on Form 10-K for the third trading day prioryear ended December 31, 2021, filed with the Securities and exchange Commission on March 16, 2022, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). In applying accounting principles it is often required to proper notice of such redemption provided thatuse estimates. These estimates consider the facts, circumstances, and information available, and may be based on the date we give notice of redemption. Ifsubjective inputs, assumptions, and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unableinformation known and unknown to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemptionus. Material changes in certain of the outstanding warrantsestimates that we use, could force youpotentially affect, by a material amount, our consolidated financial position and results of operations. Although results may vary, we believe our estimates are reasonable and appropriate. See Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to (i) exercise your warrantsthe Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 thereof. The following describes certain of our significant accounting policies that involve more subjective and paycomplex judgments where the exercise price thereforeffect on our consolidated financial position and operating performance could be material.
Useful Lives and Salvage Values of Rental Equipment and Property and Equipment
Our rentable equipment consists of aftermarket parts and specialized rental equipment. Purchases of our equipment are recorded at a time when it may be disadvantageous for youcost, the OEC, and we depreciate OEC to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wishan estimated salvage value. We depreciate our aftermarket parts over their estimated useful rentable life of five years. We depreciate our rental equipment over its estimated useful rentable life of five to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the marketseven years with an estimated residual value of your warrants. None15% to 35% of the Private Placement WarrantsOEC, using the straight-line method. Useful life is estimated based upon the expected period the equipment will be redeemable by us so longin the fleet as they are held by the Sponsors and independent directors or their permitted transferees.

Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Classa rentable unit. A ordinary shares and make it more difficultsalvage value is estimated to effectuate our initial business combination.

We have issued warrants to purchase 13,416,667 Class A ordinary shares as part of the units sold in our initial public offering and the Private Placement Warrants to purchase 6,533,333 Class A ordinary shares. In addition, if our Sponsors make any working capital loans, it may convert those loans into up to an additional 1,000,000 Private Placement Warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant. To the extent we issue ordinary shares to effectuate a business transaction, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduceapproximate the value of the Class A ordinary shares issuedequipment at the end of its useful (i.e., rentable) life, allowing for a reasonable profit margin on the sale of the equipment when we remove the unit

38

from the fleet. In establishing useful lives and salvage values, we consider factors related to completecustomer demand of differing types of equipment in order for us to hold and maintain an optimal mix of equipment types in our fleet. We also continuously evaluate factors related to the business transaction. Therefore,condition and serviceability of the equipment in our warrantsfleet in order to make estimates of useful life and expected end-of-life value. Depreciation of our equipment is recognized as a component of our cost of revenue. For sold equipment, the carrying value of an item is recognized as cost of equipment sale within cost of revenue. Changes in estimated useful life and/or salvage value would impact our gross profit in our consolidated financial statements. To the extent that the useful lives of our rental equipment were to increase or decrease by one year, we estimate that our annual depreciation expense would increase or decrease by approximately $110.5 million, respectively. Similarly, to the extent the estimated salvage values of our rental equipment were to increase or decrease by one percentage point, we estimate that our annual depreciation expense would change by approximately $2.9 million. Any change in depreciation expense as a result of a hypothetical change in either useful lives or salvage values would generally result in a proportional increase or decrease in the gross profit we would recognize upon the ultimate sale of the asset.
Business Combinations
We have made acquisitions in the past and may continue to make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increaseacquisitions in the future. We allocate the cost of acquiring the target business.

acquired enterprise to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Rental equipment generally represents the largest component and was 39% of total assets acquired over the three years ended December 31, 2022, followed by goodwill at 29% and other intangible assets at 19%. Goodwill is attributable to the synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination of the businesses.

In addition to long-lived fixed assets, we also acquire other assets and assume liabilities. These other assets and liabilities typically include, but are not limited to, parts inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable, deferred revenue and other working capital items. Because of their short-term nature, the fair values of these other assets and liabilities generally approximate the carrying values reflected on the acquired entities’ balance sheets. However, when appropriate, we adjust these carrying values for factors such as collectability and existence. The intangible assets that we have acquired included goodwill and customer relationships. Goodwill was calculated as the excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Customer relationships were valued based on an excess earnings or income approach with consideration to projected cash flows.
Our estimates of the values of tangible assets from our business combinations, principally rental equipment, utilize data that reflect quoted prices for similar assets available in active markets (such as the used equipment market). For this reason, estimates of the fair values of these items is not considered to be highly subjective or complex. However, to estimate the values of intangible assets we utilize income methods that involve forecasting future cash flow related to the acquired businesses. The estimates of future cash flow require us to establish expectations about customer demand, investments in maintaining or expanding infrastructure for the markets the businesses serve, and the supply and capacity of equipment in the rental market, among others. Additionally, we are required to establish expectations for the businesses’ cost of capital and ability to acquire and maintain equipment in the future. Critical estimates utilized in valuing intangible assets acquired include, but are not limited to, free cash flows, taxes, amortization, customer attrition rates, discount rates and long-term growth rates. Changes in these assumptions would have an impact to the amount of intangible assets recorded and the resulting amortization expense.
On January 14, 2022, we acquired HiRail for $49.8 million, net of cash acquired. We allocated the cost of the acquired enterprise to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Rental equipment generally represents the largest component and was 58% of total assets acquired followed by other intangible assets at 19% and goodwill at 15%. Goodwill was attributable to the synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination of businesses. Critical estimates utilized in valuing intangible assets acquired include, but are not limited to, free cash flows, taxes, amortization, customer attrition rates, discount rate of 15.5% and long-term growth rate of 2.0%.
Goodwill and the Evaluation of Goodwill Impairment
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently as warranted by triggering events that indicate potential impairment. As of October 1, 2022, our annual impairment test date, we performed a Step 1 quantitative goodwill impairment test. Goodwill was tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which we have determined to be ERS, TES, and APS. We estimated the fair value of these reporting units by weighting the results from the income approach and the market approach. The market value approach compared current and projected financial results to entities of similar size and industry to determine market value. The income approach utilized assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. These cash flows consider factors regarding expected future operating income and historical trends.
Factors that management must furnishestimate when performing impairment tests include rental and sales volumes and prices, inflation, discount rates, tax rates and capital spending. Significant management judgment is involved in estimating these factors, and they
39

include inherent uncertainties. The estimates of future cash flow require us to establish expectations about customer demand, investments in maintaining or expanding infrastructure for the markets each reporting unit serves, and the supply and capacity of equipment in the rental market, among others. Additionally, we are required to establish expectations for the businesses’ cost of capital and ability to acquire and maintain equipment in the future. Measurement of the recoverability of these assets is dependent upon the accuracy of the assumptions used in making these estimates, as well as how the estimates compare to our shareholders with target businesseventual future operating performance. As of October 1, 2022, the related cash flows were discounted using rates ranging from 10.0% to 10.5% for our reporting units. We used a long-term growth rate of 2.5%. Changes in these estimates, many of which fall under Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy, could change our conclusion regarding the impairment of goodwill assets and potentially reduce the carrying value of goodwill on our balance sheet and reduce our income in the year in which it is recorded. No impairment loss was recorded as a result of the annual impairment test on October 1, 2022.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Allowance for doubtful accounts represents our estimate of current expected credit losses on our trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from customers are generated from our leasing, sales and service businesses. We make judgments regarding our expected credit losses, which are based on an assessment of historical credit losses, ability of customers to pay, current financial statements,conditions of customers, as well as forecasts of collections and losses. Other factors that could lead to credit losses include adverse trends in the end-market industries that we serve and macroeconomic trends, each of which is considered in our forecasts. Estimated credit losses related to accounts receivable generated through leasing activities are recorded as a reduction to rental revenue. Estimated credit losses related to accounts receivable generated through sales and service activities are recorded within selling, general and administrative expense. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents our estimate of credit losses expected on our trade receivables. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments are reasonable, actual results may losediffer from these estimates. At December 31, 2022, a 100 basis point increase to our credit loss estimate would increase our allowance for doubtful accounts by approximately $1.0 million.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences (meaning, inclusions of income and deductions in income tax returns to be filed in future periods) of events that have been included in the financial statements. These items may be referred to as “temporary differences.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between their financial statement carrying amount (or, basis) and the carrying amount for taxes (or, tax basis) using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect income in the future tax filings. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
We record deferred tax assets to the extent we believe that it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred income tax assets (meaning, items that may provide tax deductions in future periods) requires sufficient taxable income in those future periods, or within any carryback periods available under tax law. We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. To be realized, there must be an objective and verifiable basis for the expectation of taxable income in future periods to offset, or “consume,” the deferred tax assets. The evaluation includes the consideration of all available factors, both positive and negative, regarding (i) the estimated future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences (that is, deferred tax liabilities), (ii) forecasted future taxable income exclusive of those reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, (iii) historical taxable income in prior carryback periods if carryback is permitted, and (iv) potential tax planning strategies that may be employed to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused. The verifiable evidence, such as future reversals of existing temporary differences and the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

carryback, are considered before estimated future taxable income (exclusive of temporary differences and tax planning strategies) is considered because future taxable income estimates are more subjective. The majority of our deferred tax assets are comprised of income tax carryforwards, including federal proxy rules require thatand state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and non-deductible interest expense carryforwards. Some of these carryforwards are subject to annual usage limitations and expiration, while other state NOLs and all of our federal NOLs do not have expirations.

While we remain in a proxy statement with respect to a votefinancial reporting loss position based on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosurecumulative pre-tax loss for the three-year period ended December 31, 2022, the determination of the valuation allowance is based on our evaluation of the periods over which future taxable items are expected to be utilized to offset tax loss and deduction carryforward items in periodic reports. those future periods. That is, future forecasts of our taxable income are not considered in the evaluation of realizability of our deferred tax assets. Therefore, changes in our deferred tax asset valuation allowances will primarily be affected by changes in the estimates of the time periods over which those future taxable items will occur. At December 31, 2022, our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was $78.6 million.

40

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest rate risk
We will include the same financial statement disclosureare subject to interest rate market risk in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not theylong-term debt. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our asset-based revolving credit facility. Interest rate changes generally impact the amount of our interest payments and, therefore, our future net income and cash flows, assuming other factors are requiredheld constant. As of December 31, 2022, we had $437.7 million aggregate principal amount of variable rate debt, consisting of the balance outstanding under the tender offer rules. TheseABL Facility. Holding other variables constant, each one-eighth percentage point increase or decrease in the applicable interest rates would correspondingly change our interest expense on the ABL Facility by approximately $0.5 million on an annual basis.
We, from time to time, may manage a portion of our risks from exposures to fluctuations in interest rates as part of our risk management program through the use of derivative financial instruments. The objective of controlling these risks is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flows caused by fluctuations, and our primary exposure is from our variable-rate debt.
Exchange rate risk
During the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated $43.9 million of revenue in Canadian dollars. Each 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average Canadian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year would have correspondingly changed our revenues by approximately $0.1 million. We do not currently hedge our exchange rate exposure.

41

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Custom Truck One Source, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements Index
Page No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Ernst & Young LLP (PCAOB ID No. 42)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Deloitte & Touche LLP (PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
42

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements may be required to be preparedpresent fairly, in accordanceall material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with or be reconciled to, accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financing reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to beaccounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

31

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2018. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on ourCompany’s internal control over financial reporting. Further,reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 14, 2023 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for as long as we remainleases in 2021 due to the of adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).”
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply withopinion on the independent registeredCompany’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes complianceregistered with the requirements ofPCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not beCompany in complianceaccordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

32

Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary shares and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilitiesapplicable rules and regulations of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

33

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;
rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;
complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;
exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;
tariffs and trade barriers;
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
local or regional economic policies and market conditions;
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
longer payment cycles;
tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
rates of inflation;
challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
cultural and language differences;
employment regulations;
underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;
corruption;
protection of intellectual property;
social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;
regime changes and political upheaval;
terrorist attacks and wars; and
deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

34

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

Recently enacted tax reform legislation in the U.S. could adversely affect our business and financial condition following a business combination.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law, making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code. Changes under the Tax Act include, but are not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings, a limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), a limitation of the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and the elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, a one-time taxation of off shore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, the elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits (including reducing the business tax credit for certain clinical testing expenses incurred in the testing of orphan drugs). The overall impact of the Tax Act is uncertain, and it could make completing a business combination with us less appealing than with companies in other countries. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act and what effect any legal challenges will have on the Tax Act, including litigation in the U.S. and international challenges brought by organizations such as the World Trade Organization. The impact of the Tax Act on holders of our ordinary shares is also uncertain and could be adverse. Investors should consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to this legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our securities. 

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.Properties.

We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 509 7th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20004 and have an office in Maryland provided by our Sponsors. The cost for our use of these space is included in the $20,000 per-month aggregate fee Venturehouse Group, LLC and Dryden Capital Management, LLC charge us for office space and administrative services pursuant to a letter agreement between us and such entities. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the D.C. metropolitan area, that the fee charged by Venturehouse Group, LLC and Dryden Capital Management, LLC to us is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

None.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

35

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols CIC.U, CIC and CIC WS, respectively. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants for the periods indicated since our units commenced public trading on August 16, 2017, and since our Class A ordinary shares and warrants commenced separate trading on October 6, 2017.

  Class A ordinary shares  Warrants  Units 
Period High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
2018:                  
First Quarter* $9.75  $9.66  $1.15  $1.00  $10.12  $9.98 
                         
2017:                        
Fourth Quarter** $10.10  $9.60  $1.37  $1.05  $10.27  $10.00 
                         
Third Quarter*** $-  $-  $-  $-  $10.15  $10.02 

* Through March 16, 2018.

** Trading commenced October 6, 2017 for our Class A ordinary shares and warrants.

*** Trading commenced August 16, 2017 for our units.

Holders

As of March 16, 2018, there was one holder of record of our units, one holder of record of our Class A ordinary shares, seven holders of record of our Class B ordinary shares and six holders of record of our warrants. Management believes we have in excess of 300 beneficial holders of our securities.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Use of Proceeds

In May 2017, we issued to our Sponsors an aggregate of 10,062,500 founder shares in exchange for a capital contribution of $25,000, or approximately $0.0025 per share. The foregoing issuances were made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”). Our Sponsors then transferred 50,000 founder shares to each of our independent directors in June 2017 and transferred an aggregate of 32,500 founder shares to certain other persons associated with them in August 2017, in each case at the same per-share purchase price paid by our Sponsors.

36

On August 21, 2017, we consummated the Offering of 40,250,000 units, including 5,250,000 units that were subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one redeemable Warrant, each whole Warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as joint book-running managers of the Initial Public Offering. The securities in the offering were registered under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333- 219146). The Securities and Exchange Commission declaredand the registration statement effective on August 15, 2017.

SimultaneousPCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the consummationstandards of the Offering,PCAOB. Those standards require that we consummatedplan and perform the private placementaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrantsmaterial misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our Sponsors and directors ataudits provide a pricereasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds of $9,800,000. This issuancethe financial statements that was made pursuantcommunicated or required to be communicated to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the Securities Act.

The Private Placement Warrantscritical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are identicalnot, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.


43

Valuation of Goodwill of the Equipment Rental Solutions and Truck and Equipment Sales Reporting Units
Description of the Matter
At December 31, 2022, the Company’s goodwill was $703.8 million with $498.6 million assigned to the Equipment Rental Solutions (ERS) reporting unit and $167.3 million assigned to the Truck and Equipment Sales (TES) reporting unit. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment annually on October 1st and whenever events or circumstances indicate a reporting unit’s fair value may be less than its carrying value. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units using a combination of market-based valuation methodologies and the income approach using discounted estimated future cash flows.

Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment analysis for the ERS and TES reporting units was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required by management to determine the fair value of the reporting units. In particular, the income approach fair value estimates were sensitive to significant assumptions, such as the revenue growth and discount rate for the ERS reporting unit and revenue growth for the TES reporting unit, which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding of the Company’s goodwill impairment assessment for the ERS and TES reporting units.

To test the estimated fair values of the Company’s ERS and TES reporting units, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating valuation methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our internal valuation specialists to assist in the evaluation of the valuation methodologies and testing certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate. We compared the significant assumptions, such as revenue growth, used by management to current industry and economic data, recent historical performance and other factors. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair values of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions. We also tested the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis for completeness and accuracy.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the warrants included inCompany’s auditor since 2021.
Kansas City, Missouri
March 14, 2023
44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the units sold in the Offering except that the Private Placement Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis and, if we call the Warrants for redemption, the Private Placement Warrants will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. The purchasers of the Private Placement Warrants have agreed that the Private Placement Warrants will not be sold or transferred by them (except in limited situations) until 30 days after we have completed an initial business combination.

Of the gross proceeds received from the Offering and private placement of Private Placement Warrants, $402,500,000 was placed in a trust account.

We incurred a total of $8,050,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions at the closing of the Offering (up to an additional $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting expenses may be paid upon the completion of a business combination) and $565,157 for other costs and expenses related to our formationshareholders and the Initial Public Offering.

We intend to use substantially allBoard of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earnedDirectors of Custom Truck One Source, Inc.

Opinion on the Trust Account not previously released to us (less taxes payableFinancial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest to pay ourcomprehensive income taxes, if any,(loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (formerly Nesco Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries (the "Company") for our working capital needs, subject to an annual limit of $750,000. To the extent that our equity or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliates

No purchases of our equity securities have been made by us or affiliated purchasers within the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

37

Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

The following table summarizes2020, and the relevant datarelated notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 for our business as ofthe year ended December 31, 2017 and should be read with2020 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the 2020 financial statements which are includedpresent fairly, in this 10-K:

Income Statement Data:   
Loss from operations $(777,471)
Net Loss  (777,471)
     
Cash Flow Data:    
Net cash used in operating activities $(707,918)
Net cash used in investing activities  (402,500,000)
Net cash provided by financing activities  403,709,843 
     
Balance Sheet Data:    
Cash and cash equivalents $501,925 
Cash and cash equivalents held in Trust Account  402,500,000 
Total assets  403,108,840 
Total Liabilities  14,263,968 
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  383,844,870 
Total shareholders' equity  5,000,002 

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Financial Statements and footnotes thereto contained in this report.

Forward Looking Statements

All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Form 10-K including, without limitation, statements under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy andall material respects, the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward looking statements. When used in this Form 10-K, words such “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, those described in our other SEC filings. References to “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” are to Capitol Investment Corp. IV, except where the context requires otherwise. Such forward looking statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. No assurance can be given that results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this Annual Report. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward looking statements as a result of certain factors detailed in our filings with the SecuritiesCompany’s operations and Exchange Commission. All subsequent written or oral forward looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this paragraph.

Overview

We are a blank check company formed in the Cayman Islands on May 1, 2017its cash flows for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities.

We consummated the Offering on August 21, 2017. All activity through August 21, 2017 relates to our formation and the Offering. Since August 21, 2017, we have been searching for a target business with which to complete an initial business combination.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity since May 1, 2017 (inception) up to August 21, 2017 was in preparation for the Offering. Since the Offering, our activity has been limited to the search for a prospective initial business combination, and we will not be generating any operating revenues until the closing and completion of our initial business combination. We expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after this period.

38

For the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2017, we had net loss of $777,471, which consists of operating and formation costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash of $501,925 held outside the trust account. Until the consummation of the Offering, our only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of ordinary shares by the Sponsors, and loans and advances from related parties.

On August 21, 2017, we consummated the Offering of 40,250,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 5,250,000 Units, at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, we consummated the sale of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsors at a price of $1.50 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $9,800,000.

Following the Offering, a total of $402,500,000 was placed in the trust account and we had $1,052,665 of cash held outside of the trust account, after payment of all costs related to the Offering, and available for working capital purposes. We incurred $8,050,000 of underwriting fees at the closing of the Offering (up to an additional $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting fees may be paid upon closing of a business combination) and $565,157 of Offering costs.

 For the period May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $707,918, consisting of a net loss of $777,471 and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $69,553.

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash held in the trust account of $402,500,000. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account not previously released to us (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest to pay our income taxes, if any, and for our working capital needs, subject to an annual limit of $750,000. To the extent that our equity or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

We intend to use the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business for the next twelve months. However, if our estimates of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our Sponsors, officers and directors or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required on a non-interest basis. If we complete our initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our Sponsors, officers, directors or their respective affiliates as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our Trust Account.

39

Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account.

Off-balance sheet financing arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2017.

Contractual obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay two affiliates of our executive officers an aggregate monthly fee of $20,000 for office space and office and secretarial support provided to the Company. We began incurring these fees on August 15, 2017 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and the Company’s liquidation.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of AmericaAmerica.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company was not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we were required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 8, 2021
We began serving as the Company’s auditor in 2016. In 2021, we became the predecessor auditor.
45

Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in $000s, except share data)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$14,360 $35,902 
Accounts receivable, net193,106 168,394 
Financing receivables, net38,271 28,649 
Inventory596,724 410,542 
Prepaid expenses and other25,784 13,217 
Total current assets868,245 656,704 
Property and equipment, net121,956 108,612 
Rental equipment, net883,674 834,325 
Goodwill703,827 695,865 
Intangible assets, net304,132 327,840 
Operating lease assets29,434 36,014 
Other assets26,944 24,406 
Total Assets$2,938,212 $2,683,766 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable$87,255 $91,123 
Accrued expenses68,784 60,337 
Deferred revenue and customer deposits34,671 35,791 
Floor plan payables - trade136,634 72,714 
Floor plan payables - non-trade293,536 165,239 
Operating lease liabilities - current5,262 4,987 
Current maturities of long-term debt6,940 6,354 
Current portion of finance lease obligations1,796 4,038 
Total current liabilities634,878 440,583 
Long-term debt, net1,354,766 1,308,265 
Finance leases3,206 5,109 
Operating lease liabilities - noncurrent24,818 31,514 
Deferred income taxes29,086 15,621 
Derivative, warrants and other liabilities3,015 24,164 
Total long-term liabilities1,414,891 1,384,673 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 19)
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock — $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 248,311,104 and 247,358,412 shares issued and outstanding, at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively25 25 
Treasury stock, at cost — 2,241,069 and 318,086 shares at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively(15,537)(3,020)
Additional paid-in capital1,521,487 1,508,995 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(8,947)— 
Accumulated deficit(608,585)(647,490)
Total stockholders' equity888,443 858,510 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity$2,938,212 $2,683,766 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
46

Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s, except per share data)202220212020
Revenue
Rental revenue$464,039 $370,067 $195,490 
Equipment sales982,341 695,334 56,632 
Parts sales and services126,706 101,753 50,617 
Total revenue1,573,086 1,167,154 302,739 
Cost of Revenue
Cost of rental revenue110,272 99,885 61,207 
Depreciation of rental equipment171,703 157,110 78,532 
Cost of equipment sales805,852 618,444 47,407 
Cost of parts sales and services101,511 81,702 39,150 
Total cost of revenue1,189,338 957,141 226,296 
Gross Profit383,748 210,013 76,443 
Operating Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses210,868 155,783 46,409 
Amortization33,940 40,754 3,153 
Non-rental depreciation9,414 3,613 95 
Transaction expenses and other26,218 51,830 9,538 
Total operating expenses280,440 251,980 59,195 
Operating Income (Loss)103,308 (41,967)17,248 
Other Expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt— 61,695 — 
Interest expense, net88,906 72,843 63,200 
Financing and other expense (income)(32,330)571 5,399 
Total other expense56,576 135,109 68,599 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes46,732 (177,076)(51,351)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)7,827 4,425 (30,074)
Net Income (Loss)$38,905 $(181,501)$(21,277)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments, net of $505 tax$(8,947)$— $— 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)(8,947)— — 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)$29,958 $(181,501)$(21,277)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share:
Basic$0.16 $(0.75)$(0.43)
Diluted$0.16 $(0.75)$(0.43)
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:
Basic (in thousands)247,152 241,370 49,065 
Diluted (in thousands)247,705 241,370 49,065 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
47

Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)$38,905 $(181,501)$(21,277)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flow from operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization223,483 209,073 84,889 
Amortization of debt issuance costs4,860 4,740 3,290 
Loss on extinguishment of debt— 61,695 — 
Provision for losses on accounts receivable12,650 11,103 3,765 
Share-based compensation12,297 17,313 2,357 
Gain on sales and disposals of rental equipment(55,213)(11,636)(7,996)
Change in fair value of derivative and warrants(20,290)6,192 5,303 
Deferred tax expense (benefit)7,387 3,863 (28,810)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts and financing receivables(36,821)(37,716)7,061 
Inventories(194,691)46,574 (9,642)
Prepaids, operating leases and other(11,936)(6,123)(2,313)
Accounts payable(5,589)8,060 3,113 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities8,108 5,580 4,384 
Floor plan payables - trade, net63,920 (18,276)— 
Customer deposits and deferred revenue(1,102)19,985 (1,295)
Net cash flow from operating activities45,968 138,926 42,829 
Investing Activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired(49,832)(1,337,686)— 
Purchases of rental equipment(340,791)(188,389)(67,546)
Proceeds from sales and disposals of rental equipment205,852 99,833 38,933 
Purchase of non-rental property and cloud computing arrangements(34,165)(3,238)(701)
Net cash flow from investing activities(218,936)(1,429,480)(29,314)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from debt— 952,743 — 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock— 883,000 — 
Payment of common stock issuance costs— (6,386)— 
Payment of premiums on debt extinguishment— (53,469)— 
Share-based payments(1,838)(652)— 
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities153,036 491,084 86,178 
Repayments under revolving credit facilities(110,249)(347,111)(85,208)
Repayments of notes payable(1,012)(507,509)(1,146)
Finance lease payments(3,955)(5,223)(15,950)
Repurchase of common stock(10,279)— — 
Acquisition of inventory through floor plan payables - non-trade619,896 304,902 — 
Repayment of floor plan payables - non-trade(491,599)(353,641)— 
Payment of debt issuance costs(104)(34,694)(279)
Net cash flow from financing activities153,896 1,323,044 (16,405)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(2,470)— — 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents(21,542)32,490 (2,890)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period35,902 3,412 6,302 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period$14,360 $35,902 $3,412 


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Continued
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Interest paid$81,177 $92,625 $60,340 
Income taxes paid567 541 646 
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
Non-cash consideration - acquisition of business— 187,935 — 
Rental equipment and property and equipment purchases in accounts payable68 — 9,122 
Rental equipment sales in accounts receivable11,283 1,555 5,120 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
48

Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Common StockTreasury StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated Other Comprehensive LossAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Shares
(in $000s, except share data)CommonTreasury
Balance, December 31, 201949,033,903 — $$— $432,577 $— $(444,712)$(12,130)
Net income (loss)— — — — — — (21,277)(21,277)
Share-based payments122,850 — — — 2,340 — — 2,340 
Balance, December 31, 202049,156,753 — $$— $434,917 $— $(465,989)$(31,067)
Net income (loss)— — — — — — (181,501)(181,501)
Share-based payments1,501,659 (318,086)— (3,020)19,839 — — 16,819 
Warrants liability reclassification— — — — (10,290)— — (10,290)
Shares issued in business combination196,700,000 — 20 — 1,064,529 — — 1,064,549 
Balance, December 31, 2021247,358,412 (318,086)$25 $(3,020)$1,508,995 $— $(647,490)$858,510 
Net income (loss)— — — — — — 38,905 38,905 
Other comprehensive loss— — — — — (8,947)— (8,947)
Common stock repurchases— (1,657,635)— (10,483)— — — (10,483)
Share-based payments952,692 (265,348)— (2,034)12,492 — — 10,458 
Balance, December 31, 2022248,311,104 (2,241,069)$25 $(15,537)$1,521,487 $(8,947)$(608,585)$888,443 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
49


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Business and Organization
Organization
Custom Truck One Source, Inc., formerly Nesco Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries are engaged in the business of providing a range of products and services to customers through rentals and sales of specialty equipment, rentals and sales of aftermarket parts and services related to the specialty equipment, and repair, maintenance and customization services related to that equipment. Immediately following the acquisition by Nesco Holdings II, Inc. of Custom Truck One Source, L.P. (“Custom Truck LP”) as discussed in Note 3: Business Combinations, on April 1, 2021 (the “Acquisition”), Nesco Holdings, Inc. (“Nesco Holdings”) changed its name to “Custom Truck One Source, Inc.” and changed The New York Stock Exchange ticker for its shares of common stock (“Common Stock”) from “NSCO” to “CTOS,” and the ticker of its redeemable warrants from “NSCO.WS” to “CTOS.WS.” Terms such as, “we,” “our,” “us,” or “the Company” refer to Nesco Holdings prior to the Acquisition, and to the combined company after the Acquisition. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Nesco” or “Nesco Holdings” as used in these financial statements means Nesco Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition, and the term “Custom Truck LP” means Custom Truck LP and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to and on the date of the Acquisition.
We are a specialty equipment provider to the electric utility transmission and distribution, telecommunications, rail, forestry, waste management and other infrastructure-related industries in North America. Our core business relates to our new equipment inventory and rental fleet of specialty equipment that is utilized by service providers in infrastructure development and improvement work. We offer our specialized equipment to a diverse customer base, including utilities and contractors, for the maintenance, repair, upgrade, and installation of critical infrastructure assets, including distribution and transmission electric lines, telecommunications networks and rail systems, as well as for lighting and signage. We rent, produce, sell and service a broad range of new and used equipment, including bucket trucks, digger derricks, dump trucks, cranes, service trucks, and heavy-haul trailers. We manage the business in three reporting segments: Equipment Rental Solutions (“ERS”), Truck and Equipment Sales (“TES”) and Aftermarket Parts and Services (“APS”). Segment information provided within this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is included in Note 21: Segments.
Equipment Rental Solutions (“ERS”) Segment
We own a broad range of new and used specialty equipment, including truck-mounted aerial lifts, cranes, service trucks, dump trucks, trailers, digger derricks and other machinery and equipment. As of December 31, 2022, this equipment (the “rental fleet”) is comprised of more than 10,000 units. The majority of our rental fleet can be used across a variety of end-markets, which coincides with the needs of many of our customers who operate in multiple end-markets. As is customary for equipment rental companies, we sell used equipment out of our rental fleet to end user customers. These sales are often made in response to specific customer requests. These sales offer customers an opportunity to buy well-maintained equipment with long remaining useful lives and enable us to effectively manage the age and mix of our rental fleet to match current market demand. We also employ rental purchase options on a select basis, which provide a buyout option with an established purchase price that decreases over time as rental revenue is collected. Customers are given credit against such purchase price for a portion of the amounts paid over the life of the rental, allowing customers the flexibility of a rental with the option to purchase at any time at a known price. Activities in our ERS segment consist of the rental and sale from the rental fleet, of the foregoing products.
Truck and Equipment Sales (“TES”) Segment
We offer a broad variety of new equipment for sale to be used across our end-markets, which can be modified to meet our customers’ specific needs. We believe that our integrated production capabilities and extensive knowledge gained over a long history of selling equipment have established us as a trusted partner for customers seeking tailored solutions with short lead times. In support of these activities, we primarily employ a direct-to-customer sales model, leveraging our dedicated sales force of industry and product managers, who are focused on driving national and local sales. We also opportunistically engage in the sale of used equipment purchased from third parties or received via trade-ins from new equipment sales customers. In all of these cases, we will sell used equipment directly to customers, rather than relying on auctions. Activities in our TES segment consist of the production and sale of new and used specialty equipment and vocational trucks, which includes equipment from leading original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) across our end-markets, as well as our Load KingTM brand.
50


Aftermarket Parts and Services (“APS”) Segment
The APS segment includes the sale of specialized aftermarket parts, including captive parts related to our Load KingTM brand, used in the maintenance and repair of the equipment we sell and rent. Specialized tools, including stringing blocks, insulated hot stick, and rigging equipment, are sold or rented to our customers on an individual basis or in packaged specialty kits. We also provide truck and equipment maintenance and repair services, which are executed throughout our nationwide branch network and fleet of mobile technicians supported by our 24/7 call center based in Kansas City, Missouri.
Supply Chain
The Company purchases raw materials, component parts and finished goods to be used in the manufacturing, sale and rental of its products. Uncertainty remains regarding supply chain disruptions, inflationary pressures, public health crises, and geopolitical risks that have led to issues, broadly, in the supply chain. Changes in the Company’s relationships with suppliers, shortages in availability of materials, production delays, regulatory restrictions, public health crises, or other supply chain disruptions, whether due to suppliers or customers, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to timely manufacture and market products. Increases in the costs of shipping and transportation, purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or the Company’s inability to market products. The unprecedented nature of the supply chain disruptions continues to make it difficult to predict the Company’s future business and financial performance. The Company continues to monitor the impact on its supply chain, including, but not limited to, the commercial vehicle manufacturers that provide the chassis used in the Company’s production and manufacturing processes and the ongoing semiconductor shortage, which could potentially limit the ability of these manufacturers to meet demand in future periods.

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
Our accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the accounting policies described below. Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires that these Consolidated Financial Statements and most of the disclosures in these Notes be presented on a historical basis, as of or for the current annual period or prior annual periods. The consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows (including segment information) presented herein include those of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. as of December 31, 2022 and since the date of the Acquisition. Financial information presented for periods prior to the Acquisition represent those of Nesco Holdings and its subsidiaries.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities disclosure ofand contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and incomethe reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods reported.reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. The Company has identified
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers
In October 2021, the following critical accounting policy:

Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

We accountFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2021-08, Accounting for our ordinary shares subject to possible conversionContract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2021-08”). This ASU improves the comparability for both the recognition and measurement of acquired revenue contracts with customers at the date of and after a business combination and requires that an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. The amended guidance specifies for all acquired revenue contracts regardless of their timing of payment (1) the circumstances in which the acquirer should recognize contract assets and contract liabilities that are acquired in a business combination and (2) how to measure those contract assets and contract liabilities, thereby providing consistent recognition and measurement guidance for revenue contracts with customers acquired in a business combination and revenue contracts with customers not acquired in a business combination. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted. The Company will apply the guidance in Accounting Standards CodificationASU 2021-08 prospectively to any future business combinations occurring on or after the effective date of January 1, 2023.

51


In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-02, Financial InstrumentsCredit Losses (Topic 326)(“ASU 2022-04”), which requires an entity to disclose current period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases. Gross write-off information must be included in the vintage disclosures, which requires that an entity disclose the amortized cost basis of financing receivables by credit-quality indicator and class of financing receivable by year of origination. The disclosure requirements in ASU 2022-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the disclosure requirements in the first quarter of 2023.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue in accordance with two different accounting standards: (1) Topic 606, Revenue from contracts with customers (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing606”), and Topic 842, Leases (“Topic 842”), for periods after January 1, 2021, and (2) Topic 606 and Topic 840, Leases, for periods prior to January 1, 2021.
Under Topic 606, revenue from contracts with customers is measured based on the consideration specified in the contract with the customer, and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. A “performance obligation” is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to a customer, and is the unit of account under Topic 606. We recognize revenue when we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring control over a product or service to a customer. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for such products or services. Our contracts with customers generally do not include multiple performance obligations.
Rental Revenue – Rental revenue is primarily comprised of revenues from rental agreements and freight charges billed to customers. We also charge customers for damaged equipment, which is assessed and billed at the time a rental asset is returned to the Company and recorded within Parts Sales and Services revenue. In connection with our adoption of Topic 842, beginning January 1, 2021, we record changes in the estimated collectability of operating lease trade receivables against rental revenue. Such amounts were previously classified as selling, general and administrative expenses. Our rental contracts are for various equipment, aftermarket parts and services under 28-day or monthly agreements which include automatic renewal provisions. The majority of our rental payments are due upon receipt, with a majority billed at the end of each 28-day or monthly period. Revenue is recognized ratably over the rental agreement period and in accordance with Topic 842, and, for periods prior to January 1, 2021, Topic 840. Unearned revenue is reported in deferred revenue and customer deposits in our consolidated balance sheets. We require our rental customers to maintain liability and property insurance covering the units during the rental term and to indemnify us from losses caused by the negligence of the customer, their employees or contractors.
We also provide rental customers the opportunity to enter into contracts containing a rental purchase option (“RPO”). The RPO allows the customer to earn credit towards the purchase price of the leased equipment. The earned credit is based on rental payments made. Certain leases containing these purchase options are classified as sales-type leases because the RPO purchase price related to the leased equipment is considered to be a “bargain purchase option” in the lease. Revenue on these lease contracts is recognized at the point in time when the customer’s net purchase price for the equipment meets or falls below the fair value of the equipment. Revenue from these leases is recorded as equipment sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Equipment Sales – We sell both new and used equipment. There are no rights of return or warranties offered on equipment sales. The contractual sales price for each individual equipment represents the standalone selling price. Our used equipment is of a sufficiently unique nature, based on specific characteristics such as its age and usage, that it does not have an observable standalone selling price. Equipment sales revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of equipment. Except for equipment sold under bill-and-hold arrangements, control is transferred when title and physical possession of the equipment has transferred to the customer, which is at the point in time of customer pickup or when the equipment is delivered to a specified destination and the Company has a present right to payment. Payment is usually due within 30 days subsequent to transfer of control of the equipment.
We have bill and hold arrangements with a small number of customers who request to complete the purchase of equipment prior to their ability to take physical possession. In these cases, customers request that we retain physical possession of the equipment until customer pickup or delivery at a later date. Under these arrangements, control is transferred to the customer when the equipment is ready for transfer to the customer, the customer has taken legal title, and the Company has a present right to payment. Under the bill and hold arrangements, which are rare, we recognize sales only when all of the following criteria are met: 1) the customer’s reason for the bill-and-hold arrangement is substantive, 2) the equipment is separately identified as belonging to the customer, 3) the equipment is ready for transfer to the customer and 4) we do not have the ability to use the equipment or direct it to another customer.
Parts Sales and Services – We sell aftermarket parts and services. We derive our services revenue primarily from maintenance, repair and upfit services on heavy-duty trucks and cranes. Revenue from these services includes parts sales needed to complete the service work. We recognize services revenue as the service work is completed. We record revenue on a point in time basis as parts are delivered. The amount of consideration we receive for parts is based upon a list price net of discounts and incentives, and the impact
52


of such variable consideration is factored into the amount of revenue we recognize at any point in time. The amount of consideration received for services is based upon labor hours expended and parts utilized to perform and complete the necessary services for our customers. There are no rights of return or warranties offered on parts sales. Payment is usually due and collected within 30 days subsequent to delivery of parts or performance of service.
We record sales tax billed to customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis and, consequently, these amounts are excluded from revenues and expenses. Sales taxes are recorded as accrued expenses when billed.
Shipping and Handling Costs – We classify shipping and handling fees billed to customers related to the placement of rental units as rental revenue in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We include the related shipping and handling costs in cost of rental revenue, excluding depreciation, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Shipping and handling fees billed to customers related to the sale of equipment and parts are recorded as equipment sales or parts sales and services revenue, respectively. The related shipping and handling costs are recorded in cost of equipment sales or cost of parts sales and services, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consists of cash and short-term investments with remaining maturities of three months or less when acquired. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates its fair value. The Company maintains deposits at financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits.
Trade Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
We are exposed to credit losses from trade receivables generated through our leasing, sales and service businesses. We assess each customer’s ability to pay for the products and services by conducting a credit review. The credit review considers expected billing exposure and timing for payment and the customer’s established credit rating. We perform a credit review of new customers at inception of the customer relationship and, for existing customers, when the customer transacts new leases or product orders after a period of dormancy. We also consider contract terms and conditions, country risk and business strategy in the evaluation.
We monitor ongoing credit exposure through an active review of customer balances against contract terms and due dates. We may employ collection agencies and legal counsel to pursue recovery of defaulted receivables. The allowances for credit losses reflect the estimate of the amount of receivables that management assesses will be unable to be collected based on historical write-off experience and, as applicable, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect collectability. This estimate could require change based on changing circumstances, including changes in the economy or in the particular circumstances of individual customers. Accordingly, we may be required to increase or decrease the allowances. We review the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance for doubtful accounts is included in accounts receivable, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Accounts receivables$212,347 $179,214 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts(19,241)(10,820)
Accounts receivable, net$193,106 $168,394 
The relationship between provision for losses on accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts is presented below:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Allowance - beginning of period$10,820 $6,372 $4,654 
Provision for losses on accounts receivable12,650 11,103 3,765 
Accounts written off during period, net of recoveries(4,229)(6,655)(2,047)
Allowance - end of period$19,241 $10,820 $6,372 
In accordance with the adoption of Topic 842, effective January 1, 2021, specifically identifiable lease revenue receivables not deemed probable of collection are recorded as a reduction of rental revenue. The remaining provision for credit losses, which relates to product sales and services, is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. For periods prior to January 1, 2021, the entire provision for credit losses was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense.
53


Inventory
Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company periodically reviews inventories on hand and maintains reserves for slow-moving, excess, or obsolete inventories.
Whole goods inventory is comprised of chassis, attachments (i.e., boom cranes, aerial lifts, digger derricks, dump bodies, etc.), and the in-process costs incurred in the final assembly of those units. As part of our business model, we sell unassembled individual whole goods and whole goods with varying levels of customization direct to consumers or dealers. Whole goods inventory also includes new equipment purchased specifically for resale to customers, which purchases are recorded directly to inventory when received. Cost is determined by specific identification for whole goods inventory. Aftermarket parts and services inventories are recorded at weighted average cost.
Rental Equipment and Property and Equipment
Rental Equipment
Rental equipment is primarily comprised of the cost of truck-mounted aerial lifts, cranes, trucks, trailers, digger derricks, line equipment, cranes, pressure diggers, underground and other machinery and equipment. The rental equipment we purchase is recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated rentable life of the equipment using the straight-line method over useful lives, depending on product categories, ranging from 5 to 7 years, to an estimated residual value, depending on product categories, ranging from 15% to 35% of cost. Depreciation of rental equipment commences when a rental unit is placed into the rental fleet and becomes available to rent and the cost is depreciated whether or not the equipment is on rent. We reevaluate the estimated rentable life as rental equipment is purchased, estimating the period that the asset will be held, considering factors such as historical rental activity and expectations of future rental activity. We also reevaluate the estimated residual values of the applicable rental equipment. The residual value of equipment is affected by factors that include equipment age, amount of usage and market conditions. Market conditions for used equipment sales can also be affected by external factors such as the economy, natural disasters, fuel prices, supply of similar used equipment, the market price for similar new equipment, and incentives offered by manufacturers of new equipment. These factors are considered when estimating future residual values and depreciation periods.
Expenditures for repair and maintenance that extend the useful life of the equipment and are necessary to keep an equipment unit in rentable condition are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life of the equipment, which is the period the repair and maintenance is expected to provide future economic benefit. When making repairs, we dispose of damaged and replaced components at their net carrying values. The cost of routine and recurring maintenance activities related to the rental fleet are charged to expense as incurred.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is primarily comprised of land, buildings and improvements, machinery and equipment, and vehicles, and is carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method based on useful lives ranging from four to 39.5 years. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the improvement’s useful life or the remaining lease term.
Leases as Lessee
We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception of an arrangement. Operating and finance lease assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Lease assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, while lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. As most leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments. The length of a lease term includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise those options. The Company made an accounting policy election to not recognize lease assets or liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less. Additionally, we elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components and also elected the short-term practical expedient for all leases that qualify. As a result, we will not recognize right-of-use assets or liabilities for short-term leases that qualify for the short-term practical expedient, but instead will recognize the lease payments as lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Finally, we apply a portfolio approach to determine the discount rate for leases with similar characteristics.
54


For our leases classified as operating, the ROU asset is measured throughout the lease term at the carrying amount of the lease liability, plus unamortized initial direct costs, plus/(minus) any unamortized prepaid/(accrued) lease payments, less the unamortized balance of lease incentives received. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
For our leases classified as finance leases, the ROU asset is amortized using the straight-line method from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of its useful life or the end of the lease term unless the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company, or the Company is reasonably certain to exercise an option to purchase the underlying asset. In those cases, the ROU asset is amortized over the useful life of the underlying asset. We expect to exercise our options to purchase the rental equipment assets we lease under finance leases. Accordingly, the assets leased under the finance leases are included in rental equipment and property and equipment, and depreciation thereon is recognized in depreciation of rental equipment, cost of revenue and non-rental depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). When we make our contractually required payments under finance leases, we allocate a portion to reduce the finance lease obligation and a portion is recognized as interest expense.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We recognize goodwill when the purchase price of an acquired business exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized for financial reporting purposes. Goodwill is impaired when its carrying value exceeds its implied fair value. We perform our goodwill impairment analysis annually on October 1 or more frequently if an event or circumstance (such as a significant adverse change in the business climate, operating performance metrics, or legal factors) indicates that an impairment may have occurred. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then there is an indication impairment may exist.
Recognized goodwill is assigned to our reporting units using an income approach based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using both an income approach based on the present value of estimated future cash flows and a market approach based on traded values of selected companies. We believe this combined approach yields the most appropriate evidence of fair value. Determining the fair value of our reporting units is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment for our reporting units.
The Company performed a Step 1 quantitative impairment test on October 1, 2022 to evaluate whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of its three reporting units was less than their respective carrying amounts as of its annual assessment date. Goodwill was tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which the Company has determined to be the same as its reportable segments (ERS, TES, and APS). The Company estimated the fair value of these reporting units by weighting the results from the income approach and the market approach. The market value approach compared current and projected financial results to entities of similar size and industry to determine market value. The income approach utilized assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. The estimates of future cash flow required the Company to establish expectations about customer demand, investments in maintaining or expanding infrastructure for the markets each reporting unit serves, and the supply and capacity of equipment in the rental market, among others. The related cash flows were discounted using rates ranging from 10.00% to 10.50% for the Company’s reporting units. The Company used a long-term growth rate of 2.50%. Significant management judgment was involved in estimating these factors, and they include inherent uncertainties, which fall under Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy.
The Company performed a qualitative impairment test as of December 31, 2022 and concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of either of the Company’s three reporting units had been reduced below their respective carrying amounts. As a result, the Company concluded that there were no triggering events as of December 31, 2022. There were no intangible asset impairment charges incurred during the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
See Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets
We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets held for use, including rental equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever an event or circumstance has occurred (such as a significant adverse change in the business climate, operating performance metrics, or legal factors) which suggests that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment of a long-lived asset held for use (or relative asset group, if applicable) is measured when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. Fair value is determined primarily using anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved.
55


Other intangible assets consist of customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trade names. We amortize intangible assets with finite lives over the period the economic benefits are estimated to be consumed. Definite lived intangibles are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful life, as we believe this method best matches the pattern of economic benefit. See Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as an exit price representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal or most advantageous market. Fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on inputs, which refer broadly to assumptions that market participants use in pricing assets and liabilities. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable.
Fair Value Hierarchy - In measuring fair value, we use observable market data when available and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may be required to value certain financial instruments due to complexities in contract terms. Inputs used in fair value measurements are categorized into three fair value hierarchy levels for disclosure purposes. The entire fair value measurement is categorized based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
Level 1 - Inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with both sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2 - Inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities are available in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.
Level 3 - Inputs that are generally less observable or from unobservable sources in which there is little or no market data. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in our best estimate of fair value.
Valuation Techniques - Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on one or more of the following three valuation techniques:
Market approach - Technique that uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Income approach - Technique that converts future amounts to a single present amount based upon market expectations (including present value techniques, option-pricing, and excess earnings models).
Cost approach - Technique that estimates the amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (i.e., replacement cost).
Assets and Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shareswith Recurring Fair Value Measurements - Certain assets and liabilities may be measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. We did not elect to apply the fair value option for recording financial assets and financial liabilities. Other than the warrants liability and an interest rate collar (which was settled in February 2022), we do not have any assets or liabilities which we measure at fair value on a recurring basis.
Assets and Liabilities with Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements - Certain assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. These assets and liabilities, which include long-lived assets, goodwill, and intangible assets, are subject to mandatory redemption (if any)fair value adjustment in certain circumstances. From time to time, the fair value is determined on these assets as part of related impairment tests. For certain assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, we record the fair value as of the acquisition date. Refer to Note 3: Business Combinations, for the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with our business combinations. Other than acquisition adjustments, no adjustments to fair value or fair value measurements were required for non-financial assets and liabilities for all periods presented. See Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets and Note 15: Fair Value Measurements for additional information.
Deferred Financing Costs
Direct costs incurred in connection with the issuance, and amendments thereto, of our debt are capitalized and amortized over the terms of the respective agreements using the effective interest method, or the straight-line method when not materially different than the effective interest method. The net carrying value of deferred financing costs are classified as a reduction to long-term debt in the
56


Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note 9: Long-Term Debt). The amortization is included in interest expense on our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Accrued interest$14,097 $11,773 
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits39,653 36,535 
Accrued sales taxes8,533 5,755 
Other6,501 6,274 
 Total accrued expenses$68,784 $60,337 
Cloud Computing Arrangement Implementation Costs
The Company has entered into certain cloud-based hosting agreements that are accounted for as service contracts. For internal-use software obtained through a hosting arrangement that is a service contract, the Company capitalizes certain implementation costs, such as costs incurred to integrate, configure, and customize internal-use software, which are consistent with costs incurred during the application development stage for on-premise software. These capitalized development costs are recorded in other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Capitalized implementation costs are amortized straight-line over the term of the hosting arrangement plus any reasonably certain renewal periods, which range from three years to 10 years.
Cloud computing arrangements, net included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Cloud computing arrangements$34,587 $28,094 
Less: accumulated amortization(9,703)(4,865)
Cloud computing arrangements, net$24,884 $23,229 
Amortization expense for these assets is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, amortization expense was $4.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, amortization of these costs was not material.
Advertising Costs
We promote our business through various industries media channels, and expense advertising costs as incurred to selling, general, and administrative expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, advertising costs were approximately $3.1 million and $4.8 million respectively. Amounts were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Share-Based Compensation
The fair value of equity-classified awards is determined at the grant date using techniques appropriate for the awards, which we use to determine compensation expense over the service period. We recognize compensation expense for our share-based payments over the requisite service period for the entire award and forfeitures are recognized as they occur. See Note 14: Share-Based Compensation for additional information.
Income Taxes
We utilize the asset and liability instrumentmethod in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to amounts considered by management to be more-likely-than-not to be realized in future periods. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The effect on net deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that the change in tax rates is enacted.
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments are applied in the calculation of the deferred income tax expense or benefit associated with certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. Significant changes to these estimates may result in an increase or decrease to our tax provision in a subsequent period.
57


Our income tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. There may be differing interpretations of tax laws and regulations, and as a result, disputes may arise with these tax authorities involving the timing and amount of deductions and allocation of income. With the exception of net operating loss carryforwards, we are generally no longer subject to federal, state, local, and foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years ending on or prior to December 31, 2018.
We recognize uncertain income tax positions if it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more-likely-than-not means a likelihood of more than 50%. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Our determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits claimed in our tax returns that do not meet recognition and measurement standards. Our policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense (benefit) on our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, our uncertain income tax positions, unrecognized tax benefits, and accrued interest were not material.
Acquisition Accounting
We have made acquisitions in the past and may continue to make acquisitions in the future. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Long-lived assets (principally rental equipment), goodwill and other intangible assets generally represent the largest components of our acquisitions. Rental equipment is valued utilizing either a cost, market or income approach, or a combination of certain of these methods, depending on the asset being valued and the availability of market or income data. The intangible assets that we have acquired are non-compete agreements, customer relationships and trade names and associated trademarks. The estimated fair values of these intangible assets reflect various assumptions about discount rates, revenue growth rates, operating margins, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, terminal values, useful lives and other prospective financial information. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the cost of the acquired entity over the net of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Non-compete agreements, customer relationships and trade names and associated trademarks are valued based on an excess earnings or income approach based on projected cash flows.
Determining the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired is judgmental in nature and can involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired, as well as the estimated life of the assets, can materially impact net income (loss) in periods subsequent to the acquisition because of depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges if the asset becomes impaired in the future. As discussed above, we regularly review long-lived assets for impairments.
When we make an acquisition, we also acquire other assets and assume liabilities. These other assets and liabilities typically include, but are not limited to, parts inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other working capital items. Because of their short-term nature, the fair values of these other assets and liabilities generally approximate the carrying values on the acquired entities’ balance sheets.

Note 3: Business Combinations
Acquisition of Custom Truck One Source, L.P.
On December 3, 2020, Nesco Holdings and Nesco Holdings II, Inc., a subsidiary of Nesco Holdings (the “Buyer” or the “Issuer”), entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”) and other direct and indirect equity holders (collectively, “Sellers”) of Custom Truck One Source, L.P., Blackstone Capital Partners VI-NQ L.P., and PE One Source Holdings, LLC, an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC (“Platinum”), pursuant to which Buyer agreed to acquire 100% of the partnership interests of Custom Truck LP. In connection with the Acquisition, Nesco Holdings and certain Sellers entered into Rollover and Contribution Agreements (the “Rollover Agreements”), pursuant to which such Sellers agreed to contribute a portion of their equity interests in Custom Truck LP (the “Rollovers”) with an aggregate value of $100.5 million in exchange for shares of Common Stock, valued at $5.00 per share. We believe the Acquisition creates a leading, one-stop shop for specialty equipment, serving highly attractive and growing infrastructure end-markets, including transmission and distribution, telecom, rail and other national infrastructure initiatives.
Also on December 3, 2020, Nesco Holdings entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with Platinum, relating to, among other things, the issuance and sale to Platinum (the “Subscription”) of shares of Common Stock, for an aggregate purchase price in the range of $700 million to $763 million, with the specific amount calculated in accordance with the
58


Investment Agreement based upon the total equity funding required to fund the consideration paid pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The shares of Common Stock issued and sold to Platinum had a purchase price of $5.00 per share. In accordance with the Investment Agreement, on December 21, 2020, Nesco Holdings entered into Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) to finance, in part, the Acquisition. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, concurrently with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement, the PIPE Investors agreed to purchase an aggregate of 28,000,000 shares of Common Stock at $5.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $140 million (the “Supplemental Equity Financing”).
On April 1, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), in connection with (i) the Rollovers, the Company issued, in the aggregate, 20,100,000 shares of Common Stock to the parties to the Rollover Agreements, (ii) the Subscription, the Company issued 148,600,000 shares of Common Stock to Platinum, and (iii) the Supplemental Equity Financing, the Company issued, in the aggregate, 28,000,000 shares of Common Stock to the PIPE Investors.
Purchase Price
The Company issued 20,100,000 shares of Common Stock to Custom Truck LP equity interest holders, as well as paid cash and repaid debt obligations as consideration for the Acquisition. The trading price of the Common Stock was $9.35 per share on the Closing Date. The purchase price has been determined to be as follows:
(in $000s, except share and per share data)
Common stock issued20,100,000 
Common stock per share price as of April 1, 2021$9.35 
Fair value of common stock issued$187,935 
Cash consideration paid to equity interest holders790,324 
Repayment of debt obligations552,600 
Total purchase price$1,530,859 
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company transferred an additional $3.4 million of cash consideration to the Sellers related to certain customary closing adjustments set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
Opening Balance Sheet
The acquisition of Custom Truck LP has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and the Company is considered the accounting acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, we are required to assign the purchase price to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the Closing Date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The total purchase price has been assigned to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of the Closing Date, and the estimated fair values have been recorded based on independent valuations, discounted cash flow analysis, quoted market prices, contributory asset charges, and estimates made by management, which estimates fall under “Level 3” of the fair value hierarchy (as defined in Note 15: Fair Value Measurements).
The following table summarizes the April 1, 2021 fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Since the Closing Date, the Company identified and recorded certain measurement period adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation, which are reflected in the table below. These adjustments were not significant and related primarily to rental equipment and current liabilities. The measurement period adjustments, coupled with the additional cash consideration discussed above, increased goodwill by approximately $15.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. The final assessment of the fair value of the Custom Truck LP assets acquired and liabilities assumed was complete as of March 31, 2022.

59


(in $000s)
Accounts and financing receivables (a)$115,325 
Inventory431,648 
Other current assets13,201 
Property and equipment (b)104,721 
Rental equipment556,569 
Intangible assets (c)301,018 
Operating lease assets23,793 
Other assets18,223 
Total identifiable assets acquired1,564,498 
Current liabilities(410,276)
Long-term debt(28,607)
Operating lease liabilities-noncurrent(21,308)
Deferred tax and other liabilities(31,261)
Total identifiable liabilities assumed(491,452)
Total net assets1,073,046 
Goodwill (d)457,813 
Net assets acquired (purchase price)$1,530,859 
a.The estimated fair value of accounts and financing receivables is $115.3 million, with the gross contractual amount being $122.4 million. The Company estimates approximately $7.0 million to be uncollectible.
b.Acquired property and equipment is primarily comprised of land, buildings and improvements with an estimated fair value of $67.9 million, and machinery, equipment and vehicles, with an estimated fair value of $31.1 million, as well as other property with an estimated fair value of $5.7 million.
c.The acquired identified intangible assets are comprised of trade names, with an estimated fair value of $151.0 million, and customer relationships, with an estimated fair value of $150.0 million. The weighted average useful lives of the trade names and the customer relationships are estimated to be 15 years and 12 years, respectively.
d.The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to synergies and economies of scale provided by the acquired rental and new equipment sales businesses, as well as the assembled workforce of Custom Truck LP. Approximately $265.4 million of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Goodwill attributable to the Acquisition was assigned to the Company’s segments as follows:
(in $000s)
ERS$261,607 
TES167,307 
APS28,899 
Custom Truck LP generated $923.8 million of revenue and $28.2 million of pre-tax loss since the Closing Date for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Financing Transactions
On the Closing Date, the Issuer issued $920 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior secured second lien notes due 2029 (the “2029 Secured Notes”). The 2029 Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021, by and among the Issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and the guarantors party thereto (the “Indenture”). The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, which commenced on October 15, 2021. Unless earlier redeemed, the 2029 Secured Notes will mature on April 15, 2029. The notes were offered pursuant to a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons outside of the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. The proceeds from the issuance and sale of the 2029 Secured Notes were used to consummate the Acquisition and to repay the Senior Secured Notes due 2024 previously issued by Nesco Holdings, repay certain indebtedness of Custom Truck LP and pay certain fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and financing transactions.
Also on the Closing Date, the Buyer, its direct parent, and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into a senior secured asset-based revolving credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other lenders party thereto, consisting of a $750.0 million first lien senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with a maturity of five years (the “ABL Facility”), which includes borrowing capacity for revolving loans (with a swingline sub-facility) and the issuance of letters of credit. Proceeds from the ABL Facility were used to finance the repayment of
60


certain indebtedness of (i) Custom Truck LP under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2017 (the “Custom Truck LP Credit Facility”), by and among Custom Truck LP, the other entities party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, and (ii) Buyer under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2019 (the “2019 Credit Facility”), by and among Capitol Investment Merger Sub 2, LLC, the other entities party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as well as to pay fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and the financing transactions.
Pro Forma Information
The below pro forma information is presented for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and uses the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities on the Closing Date, and makes the following assumptions: (1) removes acquisition-related costs and charges that were recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements in the year ended December 31, 2021 and applies these costs and charges to the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the Acquisition and related financing transactions had occurred on January 1, 2020; (2) removes the loss on the extinguishment of debt that was recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements in the year ended December 31, 2021 and applies the charge to the year ended December 31, 2020, as if the debt extinguishment giving rise to the loss had occurred on January 1, 2020; (3) adjusts for the impacts of purchase accounting in the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020; (4) adjusts interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs, to reflect borrowings on the ABL Facility and issuance of the 2029 Secured Notes, as if the funds had been borrowed and the notes had been issued on January 1, 2020 and used to repay Nesco’s 2019 Credit Facility, Nesco’s Senior Secured Notes due 2024 (both as defined in Note 9: Long-Term Debt) and the Custom Truck LP Credit Facility and term loan; and (5) adjusts for the income tax effect using a tax rate of 25%. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the Acquisition been completed on January 1, 2020, nor is it necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results. The pro forma information does not reflect any cost savings from operating efficiencies, synergies, or revenue opportunities that could result from the Acquisition.
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20212020
Revenue$1,483,625 $1,356,481 
Net income (loss)$(90,521)$(96,415)
The following presents a summary of the pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20212020
Increase (decrease) net income/loss:
Impact of fair value mark-ups on inventorya$19,186 $(14,775)
Impact of fair value mark-ups on rental fleet depreciationb(3,817)(8,643)
Intangible asset amortization and other depreciation expensec(3,376)(12,964)
Transaction expensesd40,277 (40,277)
Interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costse3,919 26,232 
Loss on extinguishment of debt refinancedf61,695 (61,695)
Income tax (benefit) expenseg(29,471)28,031 
a.Represents adjustments to cost of revenue for the run-off of the mark-up in fair value of inventory acquired and applied to the year ended December 31, 2020.
b.Represents the adjustment for depreciation of rental fleet relating to the estimated increase in the value of the rental fleet to its fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights
c.Represents the differential in amortization and depreciation of non-rental equipment related to the respective fair values of the assets.
d.Represents adjustments for transaction expenses that are either withinapplied to the controlyear ended December 31, 2020.
e.Reflects the differential in interest expense, inclusive of amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs, related to our debt structure after the Acquisition as though the following had occurred on January 1, 2020: (i) borrowings under the ABL Facility; (ii) repayment of the holder2019 Credit Facility; (iii) repayment of the Senior Secured Notes due 2024; (iv) repayment of the Custom Truck LP’s borrowings under its revolving credit and term loan facility ; and (v) the issuance of the 2029 Secured Notes.
f.Represents the adjustment of the loss on extinguishment of debt applied to the year ended December 31, 2020 as though the repayment of the 2019 Credit Facility and Senior Secured Notes due 2024 had occurred on January 1, 2020.
g.Reflects the adjustment to recognize the tax impacts of the pro forma adjustments for which a tax expense is recognized using a statutory tax rate of 25%. This rate may vary from the actual effective rate of the historical and combined businesses.
Transaction Costs
The Company expensed approximately $51.8 million in transaction and post-acquisition integration costs related to the Acquisition within transaction expenses and other in the year ended December 31, 2021.
61


Acquisition of HiRail
On January 14, 2022, a subsidiary of the Company, CTOS Canada, Ltd., closed a Share Purchase Agreement with certain affiliates of Ontario Limited (d/b/a HiRail Leasing), Ontario Inc. (d/b/a Heavy Equipment Repairs), and Ontario Limited (d/b/a Northshore Rail Contracting) (collectively “HiRail”) to acquire 100% of the equity interests of HiRail. The acquisition of HiRail expands our presence in our strategic markets and deepens our relationships with key customers. HiRail, including the assignment of purchase accounting goodwill (see below), is included in the Company’s ERS segment.
Purchase Price
The Company paid $51.0 million, net of working capital adjustments, to HiRail equity interest holders and to repay debt obligations as consideration for the HiRail acquisition.
Opening Balance Sheet
The acquisition of HiRail has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company was required to assign the purchase price to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of January 14, 2022. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values was recorded as goodwill and was attributable to expanded access to markets for the Company’s product and service offering, synergies, and broader product offerings to existing customers of HiRail. The total purchase price has been assigned to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of January 14, 2022, and the estimated fair values have been recorded based on independent valuations, discounted cash flow analysis, quoted market prices, contributory asset charges, and estimates made by management, which estimates fall under “Level 3” of the fair value hierarchy (as defined in Note 15: Fair Value Measurements).
The following table summarizes the January 14, 2022 fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The final assessment of the fair value of the HiRail assets acquired and liabilities assumed was complete as of December 31, 2022.
(in $000s)January 14, 2022ChangesDecember 31, 2022
Current assets$2,891 $956 $3,847 
Property, equipment and other assets819 — 819 
Rental equipment34,224 — 34,224 
Total identifiable assets acquired37,934 956 38,890 
Total identifiable liabilities assumed(6,011)(1,596)(7,607)
Total net assets31,923 (640)31,283 
Goodwill8,685 (41)8,644 
Intangible assets11,027 — 11,027 
Net assets acquired (purchase price)51,635 (681)50,954 
Less: cash acquired(1,122)— (1,122)
Net cash paid$50,513 $(681)$49,832 
Since January 14, 2022, HiRail has generated $16.9 million of revenue and $2.6 million of pre-tax income, which are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2022. Costs and expenses related to the acquisition were expensed as incurred and were not material. Additionally, pro forma information as if the acquisition of HiRail had occurred on January 1, 2021 is not being presented as the information is not considered material to our consolidated financial statements.

62


Note 4: Revenue
Revenue Disaggregation
Geographic Areas
The Company had total revenue in the following geographic areas:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
United States$1,529,165 $1,148,683 $295,125 
Canada43,921 18,471 5,827 
Mexico— — 1,787 
Total revenue$1,573,086 $1,167,154 $302,739 
Major Product Lines and Services
Equipment leasing and equipment sales are the core businesses of the Company, with leasing complemented by the sale of rental units from the rental fleet. The Company’s revenue by major product and service line are presented in the tables below.
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(in $000s)Topic 842Topic 606TotalTopic 842Topic 606TotalTopic 840Topic 606Total
Rental:
Rental$444,155 $— $444,155 $355,658 $— $355,658 $187,522 $— $187,522 
Shipping and handling— 19,884 19,884 — 14,409 14,409 — 7,968 7,968 
Total rental revenue444,155 19,884 464,039 355,658 14,409 370,067 187,522 7,968 195,490 
Sales and services:
Equipment sales30,547 951,794 982,341 16,274 679,060 695,334 — 56,632 56,632 
Parts and services13,402 113,304 126,706 6,726 95,027 101,753 — 50,617 50,617 
Total sales and services43,949 1,065,098 1,109,047 23,000 774,087 797,087 — 107,249 107,249 
Total revenue$488,104 $1,084,982 $1,573,086 $378,658 $788,496 $1,167,154 $187,522 $115,217 $302,739 
Rental revenue is primarily comprised of revenues from rental agreements and freight charges billed to customers. Equipment sales recognized pursuant to sales-type leases are recorded within equipment sales revenue. Charges to customers for damaged rental equipment are recorded within parts and services revenue. Parts and services revenue includes $26.1 million and $21.5 million related to services provided to customers for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Services revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020 was not material.
Receivables, Contract Assets and Liabilities
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had receivables related to contracts with customers of $98.0 million and $69.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had receivables related to rental contracts and other of $95.1 million and $98.7 million, respectively.
The Company manages credit risk associated with its accounts receivable at the customer level. Because the same customers generate the revenues that are accounted for under both Topic 606 and Topic 842 (or Topic 840 for periods prior to January 1, 2021), the discussions below on credit risk and the Company's allowance for credit losses address the Company's total revenues. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company's receivables is limited because of a large number of geographically diverse customers who operate in a variety of end user markets. The Company manages credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and other monitoring procedures.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses reflects its estimate of the amount of receivables that it will be unable to collect. The estimated losses are based upon a review of outstanding receivables, the related aging, including specific accounts if deemed necessary, and on the Company’s historical collection experience. The estimated losses are calculated using the loss rate method based upon a review of outstanding receivables, related aging, and historical collection experience. The Company's estimates reflect changing circumstances, including changes in the economy or in the particular circumstances of individual customers, and, as a result,
63


the Company may be required to increase or decrease its allowance. See Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information regarding allowance for credit losses.
When customers are billed for rentals in advance of the rental period, the Company defers recognition of revenue. As of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $3.0 million of deferred rental revenue. Additionally, the Company collects deposits from customers for orders placed for equipment and rentals. The Company had approximately $29.6 million and $32.9 million in deposits as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Of the $32.9 million deposit liability balance as of December 31, 2021, $32.2 million was recorded as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022 due to performance obligations being satisfied. The Company’s remaining performance obligations on its equipment deposit liabilities have original expected durations of one year or less.
The Company does not have material contract assets, and it did not recognize any material impairments of any contract assets.
The primary costs to obtain contracts for new and rental unit sales with the Company's customers are commissions. The Company pays its sales force commissions related to the sale and rental of new and used units. For new unit and rental unit sales, the period benefited by each commission is less than one year. As a result, the Company has applied the practical expedient for incremental costs of obtaining a sales contract and expenses commissions as incurred.

Note 5: Sales-Type Leases
Revenue from rental agreements qualifying as sales-type leases was as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Equipment sales$41,525 $16,274 
Cost of equipment sales37,582 16,532 
Gross profit (loss)$3,943 $(258)
As these transactions remained under rental contracts, $21.3 million and $12.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, were billed under the contracts as rentals. Interest income from financing receivables was $12.1 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
The Company’s financing receivables are related to sales-type leases and are collateralized by a security interest in the underlying equipment. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 financing receivables, net of unearned income of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, were $38.3 million and $28.6 million, respectively.

Note 6: Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Whole goods$468,557 $326,641 
Aftermarket parts and services inventory128,167 83,901 
Inventory$596,724 $410,542 

Note 7: Floor Plan Financing
Floor plan payables represent financing arrangements to facilitate the Company’s purchase of new and used trucks, cranes, and construction equipment inventory. All floor plan payables are collateralized by the inventory financed. These payables become due and payable upon the sale, transfer, or reclassification of each unit of inventory. Certain floor plan arrangements require the Company to satisfy various financial ratios consistent with those under the ABL Facility. See Note 9: Long-Term Debt. As of December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
64


The amounts owed under floor plan payables are summarized as follows:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Trade:
Daimler Truck Financial$105,447 $46,012 
PACCAR Financial Services31,187 26,702 
Trade floor plan payables$136,634 $72,714 
Non-trade:
PNC Equipment Finance, LLC$293,536 $165,239 
Non-trade floor plan payables$293,536 $165,239 
Interest on outstanding floor plan payable balances is due and payable monthly. Floor plan interest expense was $12.6 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Trade Floor Plan Financing:
Daimler Truck Financial
The Company is party to the Wholesale Financing Agreement with Daimler Truck Financial (the “Daimler Facility”) which bears interest at a rate of the Prime plus 0.80% after an initial interest free period of up to 150 days. The total borrowing capacity under the Daimler Facility is $175.0 million. The Daimler agreement is evergreen and is subject to termination by either party through written notice.
PACCAR
The Company has an Inventory Financing Agreement with PACCAR Financial Corp that provides the Company with a line of credit of $75.0 million to finance inventory purchases of new Peterbilt and/or Kenworth trucks, tractors, and chassis. Amounts borrowed against this line of credit incur interest at a rate of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.4%. Effective during the first quarter of 2023, the interest rate will be U.S. Prime Rate minus 0.6%. The PACCAR agreement extends automatically each April and is subject to termination by either party through written notice.
References to the prime rate in the foregoing agreements represent the rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.
Non-Trade Floor Plan Financing:
PNC Equipment Finance, LLC
The Company has an Inventory Loan, Guaranty and Security Agreement (the ���Loan Agreement”) with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC. As of December 31, 2022, the Loan Agreement provided the Company with a $315.0 million revolving credit facility, which matures on August 25, 2023. The Loan Agreement interest rate at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was a three-month term secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) plus 3.25% and a LIBOR plus 3.05%, respectively.

Note 8: Rental Equipment and Property and Equipment
Rental equipment, net consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Rental equipment$1,360,205 $1,247,375 
Less: accumulated depreciation(476,531)(413,050)
Rental equipment, net$883,674 $834,325 
65


Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Buildings and leasehold improvements$65,660 $52,418 
Vehicles29,184 17,656 
Land and improvements25,773 20,290 
Machinery and equipment22,224 31,578 
Furniture and fixtures6,321 5,502 
Construction in progress2,981 2,016 
Total property and equipment152,143 129,460 
Accumulated depreciation(30,187)(20,848)
Property and equipment, net$121,956 $108,612 

Note 9: Long-Term Debt
Debt obligations and associated interest rates consisted of the following:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
ABL Facility$437,731 $394,945 6.1%1.8%
2029 Secured Notes920,000 920,000 5.5%5.5%
Notes payable31,661 32,619 3.1%-5.0%3.0%-5.0%
Total debt outstanding1,389,392 1,347,564 
Deferred financing fees(27,686)(32,945)
Total debt excluding deferred financing fees1,361,706 1,314,619 
Less: current maturities(6,940)(6,354)
Long-term debt$1,354,766 $1,308,265 
In connection with the Acquisition and related financing transactions, on April 1, 2021, the Company entered into the ABL Facility and repaid the Custom Truck LP Credit Facility and Nesco’s 2019 Credit Facility as described in Note 3: Business Combinations. Additionally, on April 1, 2021, the Company redeemed all of Nesco’s Senior Secured Notes due 2024 and paid a make-whole premium. The terms of the ABL Facility and 2029 Secured Notes are described below. The financing transactions related to the Acquisition resulted in the recognition of a loss on the extinguishment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2021, comprised of (i) the elimination of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the 2019 Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Notes due 2024 of $8.2 million and, (ii) the payment of the make-whole premium to holders of the Senior Secured Notes due 2024 of $38.5 million. Additionally, prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, on December 3, 2020, the Company entered into a bridge financing commitment that was available to be used to provide a portion of the financing necessary to fund the consideration to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition. Because the Company entered into the ABL Facility and issued the 2029 Secured Notes, financing under the bridge facility was not used; however, on the Closing Date, the Company paid $15.0 million in fees to the bridge financing parties, which fees are included in loss on extinguishment of debt, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2021.
ABL Facility
In connection with the Acquisition, Buyer, as borrower, and the ABL Guarantors (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) entered into the ABL Credit Agreement. The ABL Facility provides for revolving loans, in an amount equal to the lesser of the then-current borrowing base (described below) and the committed maximum borrowing capacity of $750.0 million, with a $75.0 million swingline sublimit, and letters of credit in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50.0 million and (b) the aggregate unused amount of commitments under the ABL Facility then in effect. The ABL Facility permits the Buyer to incur additional capacity under the ABL Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 60.0% of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) in additional commitments. As of the Closing Date, Buyer had no commitments from any lender to provide incremental commitments.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility are limited by a borrowing base calculation based on the sum of, without duplication:
(a) 90.0% of book value of eligible accounts of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; plus
66


(b) the lesser of (i) 75.0% of book value of eligible parts inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors (subject to certain exceptions) and (ii) 90.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible parts inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; plus
(c) the sum of (i) 95.0% of the net book value of the eligible fleet inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors that has not been appraised and (ii) 85.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible fleet inventory of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors that has been appraised; plus
(d) 100.0% of eligible cash of Buyer and certain ABL Guarantors; minus
(e) any reserves established by the administrative agent from time to time.
As of December 31, 2022, borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was $309.4 million, and outstanding standby letters of credit were $2.9 million. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bears interest at a floating rate, which, at Buyer’s election, could be (a) in the case of U.S. dollar denominated loans, either (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin; or (b) in the case of Canadian dollar denominated loans, the CDOR rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin varies based on Average Availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) from (a) with respect to base rate loans, 0.50% to 1.00% and (b) with respect to LIBOR loans and CDOR rate loans, 1.50% to 2.00%. The ability to draw under the ABL Facility or issue letters of credit thereunder is conditioned upon, among other things, delivery of prior written notice of a borrowing or issuance, as applicable, the ability to reaffirm the representations and warranties contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and the absence of any default or event of default under the ABL Facility.
Buyer is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the ABL Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate equal to 0.375% per annum, which may be reduced following the first full fiscal quarter to 0.250% per annum based on average daily usage. Buyer must also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.
The balance outstanding under the ABL Facility will be due and payable on April 1, 2026. Buyer may, at any time and from time to time, prepay, without premium or penalty, any borrowing under the ABL Facility and terminate, or from time to time reduce, the commitments under the ABL Facility.
The obligations under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by Capitol Investment Merger Sub 2, LLC, Buyer and each of Buyer’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, as well as certain of Buyer’s material Canadian subsidiaries (the “ABL Guarantors”). The obligations under the ABL Facility and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by (subject to certain exceptions): (i) a first priority pledge by each ABL Guarantor of all of the equity interests of restricted subsidiaries directly owned by such ABL Guarantors (limited to 65% of voting capital stock in the case of foreign subsidiaries owned directly by a U.S. subsidiary and subject to certain other exceptions in the case of non-wholly owned subsidiaries) and (ii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the ABL Guarantors’ present and after-acquired assets (subject to certain exceptions).
The ABL Facility contains customary negative covenants for transactions of this type, including covenants that, among other things, limit Buyer’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends, redeem stock, or make other distributions; repurchase, prepay, or redeem subordinated indebtedness; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of Buyer’s restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Buyer; create liens; transfer or sell assets; consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Buyer’s assets; enter into certain transactions with Buyer’s affiliates; and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions, as well as a restrictive covenant applicable to each Specified Floor Plan Company (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) limiting its ability to own certain assets and engage in certain lines of business. In addition, the ABL Facility contains a springing financial covenant that requires Buyer and its restricted subsidiaries to maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) of at least 1.00 to 1.00; provided that the financial covenant shall only be tested when Specified Excess Availability (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (i) 10.0% of the Line Cap (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and (ii) $60.0 million (the “FCCR Test Amount”), in which case it shall be tested at the end of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter until the date on which Specified Excess Availability has exceeded the FCCR Test Amount for 30 consecutive calendar days.
The ABL Facility provides for a number of customary events of default, including, among others, and in each case subject to an applicable grace period: payment defaults to the lenders; covenant defaults; material inaccuracies of representations and warranties; failure to pay certain other indebtedness after final maturity or acceleration of other indebtedness exceeding a specified amount; voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy proceedings; material judgments for payment of money exceeding a specified amount; and certain change of control events. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of obligations and the termination of revolving commitments under the ABL Facility.
67


2029 Secured Notes
On the Closing Date, the Issuer issued $920.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior secured second lien notes due 2029. The 2029 Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2021, between the Issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and the guarantors party thereto. The Issuer pays interest on the 2029 Secured Notes semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2021. Unless earlier redeemed, the 2029 Secured Notes will mature on April 15, 2029.
Ranking and Security
The 2029 Secured Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Capitol Investment Merger Sub 2, LLC and, subject to certain exceptions, each of the Issuer’s existing and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that is an obligor under the ABL Credit Agreement or certain other capital markets indebtedness. Under the terms of the Indenture, the 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness and are effectively senior to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ unsecured indebtedness, and indebtedness secured by liens junior to the liens securing the 2029 Secured Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2029 Secured Notes. The 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ senior indebtedness, without giving effect to collateral arrangements, and effectively equal to all of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ senior indebtedness secured on the same priority basis as the 2029 Secured Notes. The 2029 Secured Notes and the related guarantees are effectively subordinated to any of the Issuer’s and the guarantors’ indebtedness that is secured by assets that do not constitute collateral for the 2029 Secured Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and indebtedness that is secured by a senior-priority lien, including the ABL Credit Agreement to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, and are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the Issuer’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
Optional Redemption Provisions and Repurchase Rights
At any time, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, the 2029 Secured Notes are redeemable at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes redeemed, plus a make-whole premium as set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. Beginning April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem the 2029 Secured Notes, at its option, in whole or in part, at any time, subject to the payment of a redemption price together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. The redemption price includes a call premium that varies (from 2.750% to 0.000%) depending on the year of redemption.
In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes, at a redemption price equal to 105.5% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of sales of one or more equity offerings by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, subject to certain exceptions.
In addition, at any time prior to April 15, 2024, the Issuer may redeem during each calendar year up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date; provided that, in any given calendar year, any amount not previously utilized in any calendar year may be carried forward to subsequent calendar years.
Subject to certain exceptions, the holders of the 2029 Secured Notes also have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase their 2029 Secured Notes upon the occurrence of uncertaina change in control, as defined in the Indenture, at an offer price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.
In addition, if the Issuer or any of its restricted subsidiaries sells assets, under certain circumstances, the Issuer is required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 2029 Secured Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date.
In connection with any offer to purchase all or any of the 2029 Secured Notes (including a change of control offer and any tender offer), if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Secured Notes validly tender their 2029 Secured Notes, the Issuer or a third party is entitled to redeem any remaining 2029 Secured Notes at the price offered to each holder.
Restrictive Covenants
The Indenture contains covenants that limit the Issuer’s (and certain of its subsidiaries’) ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem stock, or make other distributions; (iii) make other restricted payments or investments; (iv) create liens on assets; (v) transfer or sell assets; (vi) create restrictions on payment of dividends or other
68


amounts by the Issuer to the Issuer’s restricted subsidiaries; (vii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; or (ix) designate the Issuer’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
Events of Default
The Indenture provides for customary events of default, including non-payment, failure to comply with covenants or other agreements in the Indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. If an event of default occurs and continues with respect to the 2029 Secured Notes, the trustee or the holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2029 Secured Notes of such series may declare the entire principal amount of all the 2029 Secured Notes to be due and payable immediately (except that if such event of default is caused by certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, the entire principal of the 2029 Secured Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice).
Notes Payable
Our notes payable require the Company to pay monthly and quarterly interest payments and have maturities through 2026. Notes payable include (i) debt assumed from the Acquisition related to borrowings for facilities renovations and to support general business activities, (ii) notes payable related to past businesses acquired, and (iii) term loans. Subsequent to the Acquisition, the Company consolidated certain notes payable assumed from the Acquisition into a $23.9 million loan agreement with Security Bank of Kansas City (“SBKC”) that bears interest at a rate of 3.125% per annum, and a $3.5 million loan agreement with SBKC that bears interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum.
Debt Maturities
As of December 31, 2022, the principal payments of debt outstanding over the next five years and thereafter were as follows:
(in $000s)Notes PayableLong-Term Debt
2023$6,940 $— 
20241,080 — 
20251,117 — 
202622,524 437,731 
2027— — 
Thereafter— 920,000 
Total$31,661 $1,357,731 
Less unamortized discount and issuance costs— (27,686)
$31,661 $1,330,045 
2023 Credit Facility
On January 13, 2023, the Company entered into a new credit agreement allowing for borrowings of up to $18.0 million (the “2023 Credit Facility”). Proceeds from the credit agreement were used to finance a portion of the Company’s acquisition of real property from a related party in December 2022, see Note 20: Related Parties for further information. A portion of the loan proceeds will be used to finance improvements to the property. In connection with entering into the agreement, the Company received proceeds of $13.7 million with the ability to draw an additional $4.2 million upon completion of certain construction milestones. Borrowings bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.75% per annum and are required to be repaid monthly in an amount of approximately $0.1 million with a balloon payment due on the maturity date of January 13, 2028. Borrowings are secured by the real property and improvements.

Note 10: Leases as Lessee
The Company adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2021, using the modified retrospective transition method; and therefore, the comparative information has not solely within our control)been adjusted for the year ended December 31, 2020 and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for that year (e.g., under Topic 840).
The Company’s operating lease agreements primarily consist of real estate property, such as warehouses and office buildings, in addition to personal property, such as vehicles and equipment. The majority of the Company’s lease arrangements are comprised of fixed payments and a limited number of these arrangements include a variable payment component based on certain index fluctuations. The Company also leases certain rental equipment under master lease agreements, which are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary sharesfinance leases. The master lease agreements are classifiedtypically for a five-year period, at the end of which the Company is entitled to return or purchase the equipment, or extend the life of the lease.
69


Components of Lease Expense
The components of lease expense are as shareholders’ equity. Our ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights thatfollows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Operating lease cost$7,659 $6,969 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of lease assets1,820 2,973 
Interest on lease liabilities1,189 1,431 
Short-term lease cost1,472 3,690 
Sublease income(1,730)(5,383)
Total lease cost$10,410 $9,680 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash outflows - payments on operating leases$7,855 $6,969 
Operating cash outflows - interest payments on finance leases$1,189 $1,431 
Finance cash outflows - payments on finance lease obligations$3,955 $5,223 
Supplemental disclosure of noncash leasing activities:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities (1)$3,761 $1,809 
(1) Includes lease extension and option exercises.
Supplemental Balance Sheet Information
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Finance leases
Property and equipment$4,362 $3,535 
Accumulated depreciation(1,089)(95)
Property and equipment, net$3,273 $3,440 
Rental equipment$11,370 $18,715 
Accumulated depreciation(6,610)(8,056)
Rental equipment, net$4,760 $10,659 
70



Future Maturities and Payment Information
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022 are consideredas follows:
(in $000s)Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2023$6,898 $2,047 
20245,939 3,744 
20254,796 — 
20263,918 — 
20273,121 — 
Thereafter13,981 — 
Total lease payments38,653 5,791 
Less: imputed interest(8,573)(789)
Total present value of lease liabilities$30,080 $5,002 
The weighted average discount rate under operating and finance leases was 6.0% and 11.6%, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. The weighted average remaining lease term under operating and finance leases was 7.9 years and 1.4 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2022.

Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill by reporting unit:
(in $000s)ERSTESAPSTotal
Balance, December 31, 2020$229,055 $— $8,997 $238,052 
Acquisition of Custom Truck One Source, L.P. (1)261,607 167,307 28,899 457,813 
Balance, December 31, 2021490,662 167,307 37,896 695,865 
Acquisition of HiRail (1)8,644 — — 8,644 
Currency translation adjustment(682)— — (682)
Balance, December 31, 2022$498,624 $167,307 $37,896 $703,827 
(1) See Note 3: Business Combinations, for additional information.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following:
December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in $000s)Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationGross Carrying AmountAccumulated Amortization
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Trade names13.2$180,780 $(46,513)$180,780 $(28,978)
Customer relationships11.8212,351 (42,502)202,170 (26,173)
Non-compete agreements and other1.2535 (519)538 (497)
Total$393,666 $(89,534)$383,488 $(55,648)
Amortization expense associated with the intangible assets noted above was $33.9 million, $40.8 million, and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
71


Amortization Expense
As of December 31, 2022, estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is estimated to be outsideas follows:
(in $000s)Amortization
2023$26,760 
202426,380 
202526,378 
202626,377 
202726,377 
Thereafter171,860 
Total estimated future amortization expense$304,132 
NESCO Trade Name
In connection with the Acquisition and the combination of the businesses of Nesco Holdings and Custom Truck LP, the Company’s products and services will no longer be marketed under the “NESCO” brand. Accordingly, management began the process of discontinuing the brand, which includes the use of trade names such as, “NESCO Specialty” and “NESCO Sales and Rentals.” Prior to the Acquisition, the trade name intangible asset was carried as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. As a result of the decommissioning of the brand, the Company determined that the trade name intangible asset should be reclassified to a definite-lived asset. Accordingly, the intangible asset was amortized over a 12-month period, which was the estimated remaining period of economic benefit to the Company. As of December 31, 2022, the trade name was fully amortized.

Note 12: Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net earnings (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted net earnings (loss) per share includes the effects of potentially dilutive shares of Common Stock, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive effects include the exercise of warrants, contingently issuable shares, and share-based compensation. Our potentially dilutive shares aggregated 26.7 million, 24.4 million, and 27.7 million for years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share because they would not be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period or they would be anti-dilutive.
The following tables set forth the computation of basic and dilutive earnings (loss) per share:
Year Ended December 31, 2022Year Ended December 31, 2021Year Ended December 31, 2020
(in $000s, except per share data)Net Income (Loss)Weighted Average SharesPer Share AmountNet Income (Loss)Weighted Average SharesPer Share AmountNet Income (Loss)Weighted Average SharesPer Share Amount
Basic earnings (loss) per share$38,905 247,152 $0.16 $(181,501)241,370 $(0.75)$(21,277)49,065 $(0.43)
Dilutive common share equivalents— 553 — — 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share$38,905 247,705 $0.16 $(181,501)241,370 $(0.75)$(21,277)49,065 $(0.43)

Note 13: Equity
Preferred Stock
As of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we were authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. As of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.
72


Common Stock
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we were authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share.
On August 2, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, allowing for the repurchase of up to $30 million of the Company’s ordinary common shares. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased approximately 1.7 million shares of its common stock, which are held in treasury, for a total of $10.5 million, including an accrual of $0.2 million and also commission fees for the repurchase of its common stock.
Contingently Issuable Shares
NESCO Holdings, LP is a Delaware limited partnership holding shares of our controlcommon stock. NESCO Holdings, LP is owned and subjectcontrolled by Energy Capital Partners, and has the right to occurrencereceive: (1) up to an additional 1,800,000 shares of uncertaincommon stock through July 31, 2024, in increments of 900,000 shares, if (x) the trading price of the common stock exceeds $13.00 per share or $16.00 per share for any 20 trading days during a 30 consecutive trading day period or (y) a sale transaction of the Company occurs in which the consideration paid per share to holders of common stock of the Company exceeds $13.00 per share or $16.00 per share, and (2) an additional 1,651,798 shares of common stock if during the seven-year period ending July 31, 2026, the trading price of common stock exceeds $19.00 per share for any 20 trading days during a 30 consecutive trading day period or if a sale transaction of the Company occurs in which the consideration paid per share to holders of common stock exceeds $19.00 per share.

Note 14: Share-Based Compensation
On July 8, 2021, the Company's stockholders approved the Amended and Restated 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which increased the total authorized shares of Common Stock to 14,650,000 (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide the Company and its subsidiaries’ officers, directors, employees and consultants who, by their position, ability and diligence, are able to make important contributions to the Company’s growth and profitability, with an incentive to assist the Company in achieving its long-term corporate objectives, to attract and retain executive officers and other employees and to provide such persons with an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the Company. To accomplish these objectives, the Plan provides for awards of equity-based incentives through granting of restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock or cash-based awards. The Plan provides for share recycling whereby shares underlying expired, lapsed or terminated awards, as well as shares surrendered, repurchased, redeemed, or canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited in a manner that results in the Company acquiring shares covered by the award, are available for award grants under the Plan. At December 31, 2022, there were approximately 1.4 million shares in the share reserve still available for issuance.
The Company records share-based compensation awards using a fair value method and recognizes compensation expense for an amount equal to the fair value of the share-based payment issued in its financial statements. The Company’s share-based compensation plans include programs for stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share units (“PSUs”) and deferred compensation. Compensation expense for equity awards recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) was $12.3 million, $17.3 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units
Restricted and performance stock awards vest over a period of one to four years. Performance stock awards may be based on the achievement of specific financial performance metrics and market conditions. Awards based strictly on time-based vesting are valued at the market price on the date of grant. The fair values of the awards that contain market conditions are estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework to model future events. Accordingly,stock price movements based upon historical volatility (based on the weighted-average combination of the Company’s historic volatility and of the implied volatility of a group of the Company’s peers), risk-free rates of return, and correlation matrix. Restricted and performance stock awards are generally forfeitable in the event of terminated employment prior to vesting.
73


The following table summarizes the Company’s RSU and PSU award activity:
Number of SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding, December 31, 2019656,666 $6.98 
Granted867,838 $2.76 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(219,412)$6.37 
Vested(127,500)$6.98 
Outstanding, December 31, 20201,177,592 $4.05 
Granted4,362,692 $7.70 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(24,919)$2.19 
Vested(998,898)$4.39 
Outstanding, December 31, 20214,516,467 $7.51 
Granted4,334,217 $5.53 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(449,189)$7.81 
Vested(897,877)$7.54 
Outstanding, December 31, 20227,503,618 $6.34 
At December 31, 2022, unrecognized compensation expense related to these awards was $33.5 million and is expected to be recognized over a remaining period of approximately 4.0 years.
Stock Options
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:
Number of OptionsWeighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding stock options, December 31, 20191,513,334 $9.60 
Granted1,297,076 $3.70 
Exercised— $— 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(418,494)$9.45 
Outstanding stock options, December 31, 20202,391,916 $6.43 
Granted— $— 
Exercised(502,761)$4.99 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(7,956)$3.85 
Outstanding stock options, December 31, 20211,881,199 $6.82 
Granted— $— 
Exercised(48,815)$4.00 
Forfeited/cancelled/expired(11,692)$4.15 
Outstanding stock options, December 31, 20221,820,692 $6.92 
At December 31, 2022, unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options was not material and the Company made no grants of options in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 2022, the total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and currently exercisable was $2.4 million.
The following table presents the options outstanding and options exercisable by exercise price with the weighted-average remaining contractual life for the options outstanding and the weighted-average exercise price at December 31, 2022:
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Exercise PriceOptions Outstanding at December 31, 2022Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years)Weighted Average Grant Date Fair ValueOptions Exercisable at December 31, 2022Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
$3.49 - $10.001,820,692 3.03$2.36 1,787,361 $2.39 


74


Note 15: Fair Value Measurements
FASB accounting standards provide a comprehensive framework for measuring fair value and sets forth a definition of fair value and establishes a hierarchy prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques, giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable value inputs.
The following table sets forth the carrying values (exclusive of deferred financing fees) and fair values of our financial liabilities:
Carrying ValueFair Value
(in $000s)Level 1Level 2Level 3
December 31, 2022
ABL Facility$437,731 $— $437,731 $— 
2029 Secured Notes920,000 — 814,200 — 
Other notes payable31,661 — 31,661 — 
Derivative and warrant liabilities3,012 — — 3,012 
December 31, 2021
ABL Facility$394,945 $— $394,945 $— 
2029 Secured Notes920,000 — 949,900 — 
Other notes payable32,619 — 32,619 — 
Derivative and warrant liabilities24,164 — 2,388 21,776 
The carrying amounts of the ABL Facility and other notes payable approximated fair value as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 based upon terms and conditions available to the Company at those dates in comparison to the terms and conditions of its outstanding debt. The estimated fair value of the 2029 Secured Notes is calculated using Level 2 inputs, based on bid prices obtained from brokers. The Level 3 fair value presented above consists of the fair value of the Non-Public Warrants (as defined in Note 16: Financial Instruments). The Company estimated the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the market value of the underlying Common Stock, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, and expected volatility of the price of the underlying Common Stock. The changes in the fair value of the derivative and warrant liabilities are recorded in Financing and other expense (income) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and cash flow from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Note 16: Financial Instruments
In the normal course of business and from time to time, the Company may use various financial instruments, including derivative instruments, to manage the risks associated with interest rate exposure. The Company does not intend to use any of these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Warrants
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a change in fair value of Non-Public Warrants of approximately $(18.6) million and $10.8 million, respectively, in Financing and other expense (income) in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) related to the change in fair value Non-Public Warrants.
The Company’s predecessor, Capitol Investment Corp. IV, an entity formed on May 1, 2017, as a special purpose acquisition company (“Capitol” or the ordinary“SPAC”), issued warrants for the purchase of approximately 7.5 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a private placement agreement (the “Non-Public Warrants”). In connection with the SPAC’s initial public offering, warrants for the purchase of approximately 13.4 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock were issued to public investors (the “Public Warrants”). The Public Warrants together with the Non-Public Warrants may hereafter be referred to collectively as the “Warrants.”
The Warrants provide for the purchase of approximately 20.9 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to possiblecertain adjustments. The Warrants are currently exercisable and terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) July 31, 2024, and (ii) the redemption are presented as temporary equity, outsidedate. The Company may redeem the Public Warrants at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant upon providing 30-days’ notice, only in the event that the last sale price of the shareholders’ equity sectionCommon Stock is at least $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given. If the Company elects to redeem the Public Warrants as described above, the Public Warrant may be exercised on a “cashless basis.” The redemption rights do not apply to the Non-Public Warrants if, at the time
75


of the redemption, such Non-Public Warrants continue to be held by the initial holders as of July 31, 2019, or their affiliates or permitted transferees; however, once such Non-Public Warrants are transferred (other than to an affiliate or permitted transferee), the Company may redeem those Non-Public Warrants that have been transferred in a manner similar to any Public Warrants.
The Public Warrants are accounted for as freestanding equity-classified instruments because the Company has the ability to settle with holders of the Public Warrants either by net-share or physical settlement. Because the Non-Public Warrants do not meet the “indexed to the entity’s stock” condition, the Non-Public Warrants are accounted for as a derivative liability and remeasured at their estimated fair value each period. The change in fair value each period is reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Note 17: Income Taxes
We are subject to taxation in all jurisdictions in which we operate within the United States and Canada. Substantially all of our balance sheet.

Recent accounting standards

Managementincome before income taxes for all periods presented is U.S. sourced. The provision for income tax expense (benefit), including the amount of domestic and foreign loss before taxes, is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)20222021 2020
Components of income (loss) before tax:    
Domestic$44,214 $(180,669)$(49,096)
Foreign2,518 3,593 (2,255)
Total income (loss) before tax46,732 (177,076)(51,351)
Current tax expense (benefit):
Federal— — (1,393)
Foreign161 320 61 
State772 242 66 
Total current tax expense (benefit)933 562 (1,266)
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
Federal6,262 (33,415)(9,179)
Foreign(1,829)826 — 
State4,963 (9,507)(1,786)
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)9,396 (42,096)(10,965)
Expense (benefit) from change in valuation allowance(2,502)45,959 (17,843)
Total tax expense (benefit)$7,827 $4,425 $(30,074)
A reconciliation between the federal statutory income tax rate and our actual effective income tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Expected federal statutory income tax rate21.0%21.0%21.0%
Tax effect of differences:
Foreign operations(3.3)%(0.3)%(0.1)%
Share-based payments(1.0)%1.0%(0.2)%
Effect of state income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit9.8%5.2%2.6%
Nondeductible acquisition costs—%(0.7)%—%
Nontaxable income on Warrants (see Note 16)(8.4)%(1.3)%—%
Change in valuation allowance(3.3)%(25.8)%34.7%
Other1.9%(1.6)%0.6%
Effective income tax rate16.7%(2.5)%58.6%
The Company's effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% and is affected by a number of factors, such as the relative amounts of income we earn in differing tax jurisdictions, tax law changes, certain non-deductible expenses (non-taxable income), such as compensation disallowance and mark-to-market adjustments on derivative financial instruments, and changes in the valuation allowance we establish against deferred tax assets. The rate is also affected by discrete items that may occur in any given year, such as legislative enactments and changes in our corporate structure that may occur.
76


The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022 December 31, 2021
Deferred tax assets 
Accounts receivable$4,744 $2,703 
Inventory5,602 6,435 
Transaction and debt issuance costs3,964 4,946 
Compensation and benefits6,511 6,067 
Net operating loss carryforwards252,804 241,663 
Section 163j interest disallowance carryforwards39,344 21,283 
Operating lease liabilities7,548 8,731 
Foreign tax credits, accrued expenses, and other1,547 455 
Total deferred tax assets322,064 292,283 
Less: valuation allowance(78,600)(84,577)
Total deferred tax assets, net243,464 207,706 
Deferred tax liabilities
Financing receivable(9,415)(3,466)
Rental equipment and other property and equipment(208,108)(173,522)
Goodwill and other intangibles(46,394)(36,825)
Operating lease assets(7,388)(8,647)
Prepaid expenses and other items(1,245)(867)
Total deferred tax liabilities(272,550)(223,327)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)$(29,086)$(15,621)

As a result of the Acquisition, the Company expects to be able to amortize for U.S. tax purposes, a portion of the goodwill recognized from the Acquisition. For U.S. income taxes, the Acquisition was partly a taxable acquisition and partly a non-taxable acquisition. Accordingly, the taxable component is expected to give rise to increases in the tax bases for a portion of the net assets acquired, while the non-taxable component will result in a carryforward of pre-acquisition tax bases (referred as, “carryover basis”) for a portion of the net assets acquired. The differential between the fair values of the assets acquired and the carryover basis has been recognized as a net deferred tax liability as of the Closing Date (see Note 3: Business Combinations). Additionally, certain federal and state net operating loss and interest expense carryforwards were acquired in the Acquisition and the utilization of these is subject to limitations prescribed by U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“Section 382”). The aforementioned net deferred tax liabilities recognized in connection with the assignment of the purchase price from the Acquisition include deferred tax assets from the tax deduction carryforwards, and were reduced by a valuation allowance as of the Closing Date. The acquisition of HiRail did not give rise to any increase in the tax bases acquired in the acquisition and the Company has reflected the carryover tax bases of the net assets acquired. There is no tax basis in amortizable goodwill related to the HiRail acquisition.
We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when we determine that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance primarily relates to federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, as well as disallowed interest expense deduction carryforwards. While the Acquisition resulted in a significant increase in deferred tax liabilities, these tax liabilities, which give rise to future taxable income against which tax carryforwards may be applied, are subject to limitations. Federal and state income tax limitation rules are expected to limit the application of our carryforwards and, accordingly, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.
The following presents changes in the valuation allowance:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Valuation allowance - beginning of year$(84,577)$(16,542)$(34,385)
Assigned in purchase accounting (see Note 3)3,475 (22,076)— 
Charged to benefit (expense)(a)
2,502 (45,959)17,843 
Valuation allowance - end of year$(78,600)$(84,577)$(16,542)
(a) Charged to benefit (expense) during the year ended December 31, 2021 includes a reduction to the allowance of approximately $9.1 million related to federal and state disallowed interest expense deduction carryforwards, offset by additional valuation allowance related to tax losses generated in the year, resulting in net income tax expense of $4.4 million.
77


As discussed above, the Company acquired certain federal and state net operating loss and interest expense carryforwards in connection with the Acquisition, the utilization of which is subject to limitations prescribed by Section 382. Accordingly, a portion of the carryforwards is expected to expire prior to being utilized. As of December 31, 2022, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,067.0 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and $513.4 million for state income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2021, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1,035.6 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and $447.1 million for state income tax purposes. The net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates commencing during 2031 through 2037 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and 2023 through 2042 for state income tax purposes.

Note 18: Concentration Risks
Concentration of Credit Risks
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with federally insured financial institutions and may maintain deposits in excess of financial insured limits. However, we believe that we are not exposed to significant credit risks due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which our deposits are held. No customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020. Five customers, collectively, accounted for 11.7% of consolidated revenue in 2022. No customer accounted for more than 3% of consolidated revenue in 2021 and three customers, collectively, accounted for 11.1% of consolidated revenue in 2020.
Vendor Concentrations
In 2022, one vendor accounted for approximately 16% of purchases, primarily related to booms, lifts and parts, and the top five vendors accounted for approximately 41% of purchases. In both 2021 and 2020, no vendor accounted for more than 10.0% of purchases and in 2020 three vendors, collectively, accounted for more than 10.0% of purchases.

Note 19: Commitments and Contingencies
We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We review these provisions at least quarterly and adjust these provisions to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.
Legal Matters
In the normal course of business, there are various claims in process, matters in litigation, and other contingencies. At this time, no claims of these types, certain of which are covered by insurance policies, have had a material effect on the Company. Certain jurisdictions in which the Company operates do not provide insurance recoveries related to punitive damages. For matters pertaining to the pre-Acquisition activities of Custom Truck LP, Sellers have agreed to indemnify Nesco and Buyer for losses arising out of the breach of Sellers’ pre-closing covenants in the Purchase Agreement and certain indemnified tax matters, with recourse limited to a $10 million and $8.5 million escrow account, respectively.
From time to time, the Company is audited by state and local taxing authorities. These audits typically focus on the Company’s withholding of state-specific sales tax and rental-related taxes.
Custom Truck LP’s withholdings of federal excise taxes for each of the four quarterly periods during 2015 are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). The IRS issued an assessment on October 28, 2020 in an aggregate amount of $2.4 million for the 2015 periods, alleging that certain types of sold equipment are not eligible for the Mobile Machinery Exemption set forth in the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). An appeal was filed on January 28, 2021. Based on management’s understanding of the facts and circumstances, including the relevant provisions of the Code, and historical precedent, including previous successful appeals of similar assessments in prior years, management does not believe the likelihood of a loss resulting from the IRS assessment to be probable at this time.
While it is not possible to predict the outcome of the foregoing matters with certainty, it is the opinion of management that any recently issued, butthe final outcome of these matters will not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Ascondition, results of operations and cash flows.

78


Purchase Commitments
We enter into purchase agreements with manufacturers and suppliers of equipment for our rental fleet and inventory. All of these agreements are cancellable within a specified notification period to the supplier.

Note 20: Related Parties
The Company has transactions with related parties as summarized below.
Rentals and Sales — The Company rents and sells equipment and provides services to R&M Equipment Rental, a business partially owned by members of the Company’s management. The Company also rents equipment and purchases inventory from R&M Equipment Rental. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we were not subject2021, the Company purchased approximately $19.4 million in rental equipment from R&M Equipment Rental.
Prior to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummationAugust 1, 2022, Energy Capital Partners (“ECP”), a stockholder of the Initial Public Offering,Company, and their affiliates had ownership interests in PLH Group, Inc., which was a customer of the net proceedsCompany.
The PIPE Investors, as described in Note 3: Business Combinations, included certain members of our Initial Public Offering, including amountsmanagement and directors of the Company, which persons purchased approximately 1.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $5.00 per share, during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Facilities Leases and Other — The Company has leased certain facilities, as well as purchased aircraft charter services, from entities owned by members of the Company’s management and their immediate families. Lease and charter services payments related to these transactions are immaterial. Rent and air travel expenses are recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses. In December 2022, the Company terminated the lease agreements and purchased the facilities and land from these related parties for a purchase price of approximately $15.4 million.
Management Fees — The Company entered into the Corporate Advisory Services Agreement with Platinum effective as of the Closing Date, under which management fees are payable to Platinum quarterly. The management fees are recorded in transaction expenses and other in the Trust Account, have been heldCompany’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
A summary of the transactions with the foregoing related parties included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) is as cashfollows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Total revenues from transactions with related parties$33,816 $23,251 $9,181 
Expenses incurred from transactions with related parties included in cost of revenue$2,318 $1,687 $— 
Expenses incurred from transactions with related parties included in operating expenses$6,103 $4,283 $— 
Amounts receivable from/payable to related parties included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Accounts receivable from related parties$5,053 $5,145 
Accounts payable to related parties$36 $26 

Note 21: Segments
Our operations are primarily organized and may be investedmanaged by operating segment. Operating segment performance and resource allocations are primarily based on gross profit. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with those described in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturityNote 2: Summary of 180 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. DueSignificant Accounting Policies to the short-term naturefinancial statements. Intersegment sales and any related profits are eliminated in consolidation. We manage the business in three reporting segments: Equipment Rental Solutions (“ERS”), Truck and Equipment Sales (“TES”) and Aftermarket Parts and Services (“APS”). The segment operations are described in Note 1: Business and Organization to these financial statements. The revenue by geography is disclosed in Note 4: Revenue. Segment information is presented below.
79



The Company’s segment results are presented in the tables below:
Year Ended December 31,
2022
(in $000s)ERSTESAPSTotal
Revenue:
Rental$449,108 $— $14,931 $464,039 
Equipment sales212,146 770,195 — 982,341 
Parts and services— — 126,706 126,706 
Total revenue661,254 770,195 141,637 $1,573,086 
Cost of revenue:
Rentals/parts and services106,598 — 105,185 211,783 
Equipment sales158,167 647,685 — 805,852 
Depreciation of rental equipment167,962 — 3,741 171,703 
Total cost of revenue432,727 647,685 108,926 1,189,338 
Gross profit$228,527 $122,510 $32,711 $383,748 

Year Ended December 31,
2021
(in $000s)ERSTESAPSTotal
Revenue:
Rental$354,557 $— $15,510 $370,067 
Equipment sales105,435 589,899 — 695,334 
Parts and services— — 101,753 101,753 
Total revenue459,992 589,899 117,263 1,167,154 
Cost of revenue:
Rentals/parts and services94,644 — 86,943 181,587 
Equipment sales90,420 528,024 — 618,444 
Depreciation of rental equipment151,954 — 5,156 157,110 
Total cost of revenue337,018 528,024 92,099 957,141 
Gross profit$122,974 $61,875 $25,164 $210,013 

Year Ended December 31,
2020
(in $000s)ERSTESAPSTotal
Revenue:
Rental$179,933 $— $15,557 $195,490 
Equipment sales31,533 25,099 — 56,632 
Parts and services— — 50,617 50,617 
Total revenue211,466 25,099 66,174 302,739 
Cost of revenue:
Rentals/parts and services56,140 — 44,217 100,357 
Equipment sales25,615 21,792 — 47,407 
Depreciation of rental equipment74,376 — 4,156 78,532 
Total cost of revenue156,131 21,792 48,373 226,296 
Gross profit$55,335 $3,307 $17,801 $76,443 
Total assets by operating segment are not disclosed herein because asset by operating segment data is not reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) to assess performance and allocate resources.
80


Gross profit is the primary operating result whereby our segments are evaluated for performance and resource allocation. The following table presents a reconciliation of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposureconsolidated gross profit to interest rate risk whenconsolidated loss before income taxes:
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Gross Profit$383,748 $210,013 $76,443 
Selling, general and administrative expenses210,868 155,783 46,409 
Amortization33,940 40,754 3,153 
Non-rental depreciation9,414 3,613 95 
Transaction expenses and other26,218 51,830 9,538 
Loss on extinguishment of debt— 61,695 — 
Interest expense, net88,906 72,843 63,200 
Financing and other expense (income)(32,330)571 5,399 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes$46,732 $(177,076)$(51,351)

The following table presents total assets by country:
(in $000s)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets:
United States$2,830,958 $2,653,058 
Canada107,254 30,708 
$2,938,212 $2,683,766 


81


Item 9.    Changes in and if the net proceeds are invested in such securities.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

This information appears following Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.


82


Item 15 of this Report9A.    Controls and is included herein by reference.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.

None.

40
Procedures

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our

In accordance with Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized,Rules 13a-15(e) and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to15d-15(e), our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Underunder the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officerChief Executive Officer and principal financial and accounting officer, weChief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer have concluded that during the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level and, accordingly, provided reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

For the quarter ended December 31, 2017 covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there has been no change10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2022 because of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting described below.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“2013 framework”) (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management’s assessment did not include the internal controls of Hi-Rail Leasing Inc., which is included in the Company’s 2022 consolidated financial statements and constituted 2% of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2022 and 1% of the Company’s total revenue for the year then ended.
Based on that assessment, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded as of December 31, 2022, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective, due to the material weakness described below.
Inadequate General Information Technology Controls and Business Process Controls
On April 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Custom Truck LP, which resulted in a significant change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. We are in the process of integrating policies, processes, people, technology and operations for the combined company. As part of this integration, we have identified deficiencies in the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls associated with the control activities component of the COSO framework. These include:
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2021, we identified control deficiencies related to overall ITGCs for both user access and program change-management for systems supporting all of the Company’s internal control processes and controls, controls over the completeness and accuracy of information used in business process controls and management review controls.
83


Our business process controls (automated and manual) and management review controls were also deemed ineffective because they are adversely impacted by ineffective ITGCs. These control deficiencies could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.
Accordingly, these deficiencies constitute a material weakness. The material weakness did not result in any identified misstatements to our consolidated financial statements, and there were no changes to previously released financial results. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report issued an adverse report on effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022.
(c) Remediation of the Material Weakness in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
During the third quarter ended September 30, 2021, we identified a material weakness in the design and operation of information technology general controls (“ITGCs”) related to an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system that supports the processes related to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we did not maintain adequate control over user access to the ERP system to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to restrict access to financial applications and data to appropriate Company personnel. As of December 31, 2022, we are no longer processing or maintaining financial information within this ERP system.
The Company is in the process of implementing changes associated with the design, implementation, and monitoring information technology general controls in the areas of user access and program change-management for systems supporting all of the Company’s internal control processes to ensure that internal controls are designed and operating effectively. We are also establishing controls to ensure appropriate authorization of new user access requests, including performance of routine reviews of user access, and controls over program-change management. Additionally, management is in the process of enhancing relevant process level controls that are relevant to the preparation of consolidated financial statements. The material weakness cannot be considered remediated until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively.
(d) Changes to Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than the ongoing remediation plans described above, there were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2022 that have materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.Other Information.

None.

41

Management’s Certifications

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Mark D. Ein53Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
L. Dyson Dryden42President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
Alfheidur H. Saemundsson38Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Secretary
Lawrence Calcano54Director
Brooke B. Coburn47Director
Richard C. Donaldson58Director

Mark D. Ein. Mr. Ein has served as our Chairman,

The certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Director since our inception. Mr. Ein is an investor, entrepreneur and philanthropist, who has created, acquired, invested in and built a series of growth companies across a diverse set of industries over the course of his 25-year career. From July 2015 until June 2017, Mr. Ein was the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Cision, formerly known as Capitol III, a blank check company formed for substantially similar purposes as our company. Capitol III completed its business combination with Cision Ltd. in June 2017. Since the closing of the business combination, Mr. Ein has continued to serve as a director of Capitol III (now known as Cision Ltd.) as its Vice Chairman. From August 2010 to July 2015, Mr. Ein was the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Capitol II, a blank check company formed for substantially similar purposes as our company. Capitol II completed its business combination with Lindblad Expeditions, Inc. in July 2015. Since the closing of the business combination, Mr. Ein has continued to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Capitol II (and now post-merger Lindblad Expeditions Holdings, Inc.). From June 2007 to October 2009, Mr. Ein was the Chief Executive Officer and Director of Capitol I, a blank check company formed for substantially similar purposes as our company. Capitol I completed its business combination with Two Harbors Investment Corp., a Maryland real estate investment trust, in October 2009. From October 2009 to May 2015, Mr. Ein served as the Non-Executive Vice Chairman of Two Harbor’s board of directors. Mr. Ein is the Founder of Venturehouse Group, LLC, a holding company that creates, invests in and builds companies, and has served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1999. Venturehouse’s portfolio includes or has included the seed investment in Matrics Technologies in August 2000 (sold to Symbol Technologies in September 2004), the lead investment in the buyout of Cibernet Corporation from the CTIA in March 2003 (sold to MACH S.à.r.l. in April 2007), the acquisition of Visual Systems Group, Inc. (“VSGi”) from Net2000 Communications, and an early investment in XM Satellite Radio. He has also been the President of Leland Investments Inc., a private investment firm, since 2005. Mr. Ein is Co-Chairman and majority owner of Kastle Systems, a provider of building and office security systems that was acquired in January 2007 and is the Chairman of the Board of VSGi, a provider of videoconferencing services. In 2008, Mr. Ein founded and is the owner of the Washington Kastles, the World Team Tennis franchise in Washington, D.C., that has won the league championship six times in its nine years in the league. In March 2017, Mr. Ein led the acquisition of World TeamTennis LLC, the professional team tennis league of which the Washington Kastles are a franchisee, from Billie Jean King and is now its Chairman. Previously in his career, Mr. Ein worked for The Carlyle Group, Brentwood Associates, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Ein is also the Chairman of the Board of the District of Columbia Public Education Fund and Vice President of the United States Tennis Association and a member of the boards of The District of Columbia College Access Program (DC-CAP) and the International Tennis Hall of Fame. He was appointed by Mayor Vincent Gray to be a member of the D.C. Tax Revision Commission and also serves on the Executive Committee of the Federal City Council. Mr. Ein received a B.S. in Economics with a concentration in Finance from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Finance and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

42

We believe Mr. Ein is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his public company experience, business leadership, operational experience, and experience with prior blank check companies, such as Capitol I, Capitol II and Capitol III.

L. Dyson Dryden. Mr. Dryden has served as our President, Chief Financial Officer required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are included as Exhibits 31 and a member32 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

84



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors since our inception. From July 2015 until it completed its business combination in June 2017, Mr. Dryden was the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and a Director of Capitol III. Since the closing of the business combination, Mr. Dryden has continued to serve as a director of Cision Ltd. From March 2013 to July 2015, Mr. Dryden served as the Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Capitol II. Mr. Dryden has continued to serve as a director of Lindblad Expeditions since the closing of its business combination. Mr. Dryden is also the founder of Dryden Capital Management, LLC, a private investment firm that invests in and builds private companies, and has served as its President since March 2013. Mr. Dryden has also been Vice Chairman of CDS Logistics Management, Inc., one of the largest providers of home improvement product delivery services in the United States, since 2009. From August 2005 to February 2013, Mr. Dryden worked in Citigroup’s Investment Banking division in New York, most recently as a Managing Director where he led the coverage effort for a number of the firm’s Global Technology, Media and Telecommunications clients. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Dryden held the titles of Associate and Vice President at Jefferies & Company, a middle market investment banking firm. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Dryden worked in the investment banking group at BB&T Corporation. Mr. Dryden holds a B.S. in Business Administration with a dual concentration in finance and management from the University of Richmond.

We believe Mr. Dryden is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his corporate finance and public company experience, as well as his experience with prior blank check companies, such as Capitol I, Capitol II and Capitol III.

Alfheidur H. Saemundsson has served as our executive vice president of corporate development and secretary since July 2017. From October 2015 to June 2017, Ms. Saemundsson served as vice president of Capitol III. From May 2013 to July 2015, Ms. Saemundsson served as a consultant to Capitol II and has continued to serve as a consultant to Lindblad Expeditions since the closing of its business combination with Capitol II. From November 2011 to May 2013, Ms. Saemundsson was a vice president with Quadrangle Group LLC, a private investment firm focused on the communications, media and information sectors. Prior to joining Quadrangle, Ms. Saemundsson held the role of Vice President in Citigroup’s investment banking division in New York where she covered the media and telecom sectors. Previously, Ms. Saemundsson was an Analyst with British Sky Broadcasting in London. Ms. Saemundsson also previously served on the Board of Directors of NTELOS Holdings Corp. Ms. Saemundsson received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Yale University and an M.B.A. from the Yale School of Management where she was a Silver Scholar. Ms. Saemundsson is a CFA charterholder.

Lawrence Calcano has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2017. Mr. Calcano is the Chief Executive Officer of iCapital Network, which he joined in January 2014. Prior to iCapital Network, Mr. Calcano co-founded i1 Biometrics, a privately held information and technology company developing protection and performance products for the sports and military markets, in June 2012 and served as the company’s Chief Executive Officer from June 2012 to September 2013. From January 2010 to June 2012, Mr. Calcano served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bite Tech, Inc., a maker of protective and performance oriented oral devices for the athletic marketplace. From September 2007 until its merger with Two Harbors in October 2009, Mr. Calcano served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol I. From March 2013 until its merger with Lindblad Expeditions, Mr. Calcano also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol II. From September 2015 until its merger with Cision in June 2017, Mr. Calcano also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol III. From 1990 to June 2006, Mr. Calcano was affiliated with Goldman, Sachs & Co., most recently serving as the co-head of the Global Technology Banking Group of the Investment Banking Division, prior to which he headed the firm’s east coast technology group and was the co-Chief Operating Officer of the High Technology Department. From 1985 to 1988, Mr. Calcano was an analyst at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Calcano was named to the Forbes Midas List of the most influential people in venture capital in 2001 (the inaugural year), 2002, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Mr. Calcano received a B.A. from Holy Cross College, and attended the Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth from 1988 to 1990, and graduated as a Tuck Scholar.

43

We believe Mr. Calcano is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his public company experience, business leadership, operational experience, and experience with Capitol I, Capitol II and Capitol III.

Brooke B. Coburn has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2017. Mr. Coburn joined The Carlyle Group in 1996 and is currently a Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer of Carlyle’s Energy and Natural Resources Platform and Co-Head of Carlyle Growth Partners and Carlyle Equity Opportunity Fund, the US Middle Market Buyout and Growth Capital activities of The Carlyle Group. He is a founding member of Carlyle’s US Middle Market and Growth practice. Mr. Coburn serves on the investment committees of Carlyle’s three global Middle Market and Growth Capital investment funds, as well as the firm’s four global Energy & Natural Resource funds. From June 2007 until its merger with Two Harbors in October 2009, Mr. Coburn served as a Special Advisor to Capitol I. Since he joined Carlyle in 1996, Mr. Coburn has led or co-led more than 25 Carlyle investments across a broad range of sectors including cybersecurity, communications, energy and natural resources, media, software and technology-enabled services. Investments include Apollo Global (acquired by Apollo Group), Bredbandsbolaget (acquired by Telenor), Catapult Learning, Coalfire Systems, Command Information (acquired by Salient Federal), Core Location (acquired by El Paso Global Networks), ECI Software, Gemcom Software (acquired by Dassault Systemes), Genesis Cable (acquired by Benchmark Communications), Matrics Technologies (acquired by Symbol Technologies), Neptune Communications (acquired by Global Crossing), NetMotion Wireless, NorthPoint Communications (IPO), Pacific Telecom Cable (acquired by management), Prime Communications (acquired by Comcast), PrimeSport, Sonitrol Holding Corp. (acquired by Stanley Works), WCI Cable (acquired by Alaska Communications), Wall Street English (acquired by Pearson plc), Wall Street Institute (acquired by Pearson plc) and Worldstrides (acquired by Metalmark and management). Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Coburn was with Salomon Brothers, Inc. where he focused on M&A and capital raising assignments in the Media & Communications Group. Mr. Coburn is on the Board of Directors at ECi Software Solutions, PrimeSport, Coalfire and Catapult Learning. Mr. Coburn received his B.A. from Princeton University with honors. Mr. Coburn serves on the boards of several non-profit organizations, including the Washington National Cathedral, where he also serves as Chairman of the Investment Committee.

We believe Mr. Coburn is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his investment experience, corporate finance experience, and experience with Capitol I.

Richard C. Donaldson has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2017. Mr. Donaldson is a Senior Partner with Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, a global law firm, where he started in 1985. Mr. Donaldson served as Pillsbury’s Chief Operating Officer and a member of the firm’s Executive Team from June 2006 until July 2017. Mr. Donaldson also served as a member of Pillsbury’s Board of Directors from May 2006 until May 2015. From September 2007 until its merger with Two Harbors in October 2009, Mr. Donaldson served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol I. From March 2013 until its merger with Lindblad Expeditions, Mr. Donaldson also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol II. From September 2015 until its merger with Cision in June 2017, Mr. Donaldson also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Capitol III. Mr. Donaldson currently serves on the Board of Directors of Arizona Cardinals Holdings, Inc. From June 2000 to August 2001, Mr. Donaldson served as Managing Director of Venturehouse Group and he has served as a member of its Board of Directors since June 2000. He previously served on the Board of Directors of Greater DC CaresStockholders and the Board of Directors of Custom Truck One Source, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Custom Truck One Source, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Woolly Mammoth TheatreCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the COSO criteria.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness in the design and operation of controls related to:
Not fully designing, implementing and monitoring general information technology controls including user access and program change-management, for systems supporting all of the Company’s internal control processes, controls over the completeness and accuracy of information used in business process and management review controls. Business process controls (automated and manual) and management review controls were also deemed ineffective because they are adversely impacted by ineffective ITGCs. These control deficiencies could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.
As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Hi-Rail Leasing, Inc., which is included in the 2022 consolidated financial statements of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. and constituted 2% of total assets as of December 31, 2022 and 1% of revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Hi-Rail Leasing, Inc.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 (a). This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2022 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 14, 2023, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in Washington, D.C. Mr. Donaldson received a B.A. from Cornell University in 1982 and a J.D. from The University of Chicago Law School in 1985.

We believe Mr. Donaldson is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his public company experience, business leadership, operational experience, and experience with Capitol I, Capitol II and Capitol III.

Our board of directors consists of five members and is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The termU.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Lawrence Calcano and Brooke B. Coburn, will expire at our first annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of L. Dyson Dryden and Richard C. Donaldson, will expire at our second annual meeting of shareholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mark D. Ein, will expire at our third annual meeting of shareholders.

44

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint such officers as it deems appropriate pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our officers, directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Officers, directorsCommission and ten percent shareholders are required by regulationthe PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to furnish us with copiesobtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of all Section 16(a) reports they file. Based solelyinternal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on a review ofthe assessed risk, and performing such reports received by us and written representations from certain reporting persons that no Form 5s were required for those persons,other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that duringour audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, all reports requiredreliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to be filed by our officers,the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
85


company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and persons who own more than ten percent(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a registered classmaterial effect on the financial statements.
Because of our equity securities were filed onits inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
March 14, 2023
86




Item 9B.    Other Information
None.

Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
87


PART III
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
We maintain a timely basis.

Code of Ethics

In August 2017, we adopted a code of ethics that applies and Conducts applicable to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. Theemployees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer. This code is publicly available on our website at https://investors.customtruck.com. If we make any amendments to this code other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waivers, including implicit waivers, from a provision of ethics codifiesthis code, we will disclose the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business. We will provide, without charge, upon request, copies of our code of ethics. Requests for copies of our code of ethics should be sent in writing to Capitol Investment Corp. IV, 509 7th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004.

Corporate Governance

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Calcano and Donaldson, each of whom is an independent director. Pursuant to NYSE’s phase-in rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we are first listed on NYSE to have our audit committee be comprised of three members. We intend to identify one additional independent director to serve on the audit committee within the applicable time period.

Each membernature of the audit committee is financially literateamendment or waiver, its effective date and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Calcano qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The audit committee is responsible for:

meeting with our independent auditor regarding, among other issues, audits, and adequacy of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

45

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of the Offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causing compliance with the terms of the Offering; and

reviewing and approving all payments made to our existing shareholders, executive officers or directors and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Nominating Committee

Our nominating committee consists of Messrs. Calcano, Coburn and Donaldson, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serveit applies on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

should have demonstrated notablewebsite at https://investors.customtruck.com or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The Nominating Committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors.

Compensation Committee

Out Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Calcano, Coburn and Donaldson, each of whom is an independent director under the NYSE’s listing standards. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

46

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;
implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;
if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The compensation committee may also, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

To date, no executive officer or director has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us except Alfheidur H. Saemundsson, our executive vice president of corporate development, who has received aggregate consulting fees of $100,000 through December 31, 2017. Commencing on August 21, 2017 through the consummation of a business combination, we pay Venturehouse Group, LLC, an affiliate of Mark D. Ein, and Dryden Capital Management, LLC, an affiliate of L. Dyson Dryden, an aggregate fee of $20,000 per month for providing us with office space and certain office and secretarial services. However, this arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide Messrs. Ein or Dryden compensation in lieu of a salary. Other than the $20,000 per month office space, administrative fee and the payment of consulting or success fees, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our Sponsors, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. However, such individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders. The amount of such compensation may not be known at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K asfiled with the SEC.

The remaining information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the SEC.

Sinceapplicable information in our formation, we have not granted any stock options or stock appreciation rights or any other awards under long-term incentive plans to any of our executive officers or directors.

47

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 23, 2018 by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our officers and directors; and

all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

  Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares 
Mark D. Ein  6,586,666(2)(3)  13.1%
L. Dyson Dryden  3,293,334(2)(4)  6.5%
Alfheidur H. Saemundsson  0(2)(5)  * 
Lawrence Calcano  50,000(2)  * 
Brooke B. Coburn  50,000(2)  * 
Richard C. Donaldson  50,000(2)  * 
Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC  6,586,666(2)  13.1%
Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC  3,293,334(2)  6.5%
All directors and executive officers as a group (five individuals)  10,030,000(2)  19.9%

* Less than 1%

(1)Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 509 7th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004.

(2)Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.
(3)Represents shares held by Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC, which is controlled by Mr. Ein.

(4)Represents shares held by Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC, which is controlled by Mr. Dryden.

(5)Does not include any shares held by Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC and Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC, of which this person is a member.

Our initial shareholders beneficially own approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares and will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to elect any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our initial shareholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination.

On closing of the Offering, the holders of the Class B ordinary shares agreed not to transfer such shares and the Class A ordinary shares into which they convert until one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination or earlier if, subsequent to an initial Business Combination, (i) the last sales price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination or (ii) the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

48

Equity Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2017, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities of the registrant were authorized for issuance.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

In May 2017, we issued an aggregate of 10,062,500 founder shares to Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC and Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.0025 per share, in connection with our organization. Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC and Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC subsequently transferred a portion of these shares to certain individuals, including our independent directors, for the same purchase price originally paid for such shares.

The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares on the first business day following the consummation of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A ordinary shares, are issued or deemed issued andProxy Statement related to the closing2023 Annual Meeting of our initial business combination, the ratio atStockholders, which founder shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate 20% of the sum of the ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of the Offering plus the number of Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked shares issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination (net of redemptions), excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities issued, oris expected to be issued,filed with the SEC on or before May 1, 2023.


Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to any sellerthe applicable information in our initial business combination and any private placement warrants issued. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

Simultaneously with the Offering, the Company’s Sponsors and directors purchased an aggregate of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrants at $1.50 per warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $9,800,000) from the Company. All of the proceeds received from these purchases were placed in the Trust Account. 

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants included in the Units sold in the Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants (i) are not redeemable by the Company and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees. Additionally, the purchasers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Placement Warrants, including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants (except to certain permitted transferees), until 30 days after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the Company’s Sponsors, officers and directors or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required on a non-interest bearing basis. If the Company completes its initial business combination, the Company would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

The holders of our founder’s shares, as well as the holders of the Private Placement Warrants and any warrants our Sponsors, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us (and all underlying securities), are entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement signed on the effective date of the Offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the founder’s shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants issued in payment of working capital loans made to us (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

49

The Company issued a $250,000 principal amount unsecured promissory note to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer on June 1, 2017. The note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) June 1, 2018, (ii) the consummation of the Offering or (iii) the date on which the Company determined not to proceed with the Offering. This loan was repaid upon the consummation of the Offering.

Additionally, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer advanced an aggregate of $5,100 for costsProxy Statement related to the Offering. The advances were non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand and had been repaid as2023 Annual Meeting of December 31, 2017.

Venturehouse Group, LLC, an affiliate of Mark D. Ein, and Dryden Capital Management, LLC, an affiliate of L. Dyson Dryden, have agreed that, commencing on August 15, 2017 through the earlier of our consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation, it will make available to us certain general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and administrative support, as we may require from time to time. We have agreed to pay these entities an aggregate of $20,000 per month for these services. Mr. EinStockholders, which is the Chief Executive Officer of Venturehouse Group, LLC and Mr. Dryden is the sole member of Dryden Capital Management, LLC. Accordingly, they will benefit from the transaction to the extent of their interest in Venturehouse Group, LLC and Dryden Capital Management, LLC, respectively. However, this arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide Messrs. Ein or Dryden compensation in lieu of a salary. We believe, based on rents and fees for similar services in the D.C. metropolitan area, that the fee charged by these entities are at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. Other than this $20,000 per month fee, the repayment of the $250,000 loan from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the payment of consulting or success fees (none of which payments will be made from the proceeds of the Offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination), no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our Sponsors, officers, directors or their respective affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to, or in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us.

In September 2017, we entered into a consulting arrangement with Alfheidur H. Saemundsson, our executive vice president of corporate development, to provide assistance with due diligence, deal structuring, documentation and obtaining shareholder approval for any proposed business combination. Through December 31, 2017, she has received aggregate consulting fees of $100,000 pursuant to this arrangement.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders. The amount of such compensation may not be known at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider an initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by usexpected to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

50

Related Party Policy

In August 2017, we adopted a Code of Ethics, which requires us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

We will also require each of our directors and executive officers to annually complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions. All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our initial shareholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. We currently do not anticipate entering into a business combination with an entity affiliated with any of our initial shareholders. Furthermore, in no event will any of our Sponsors, existing officers, directors or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination, other than the $20,000 office space and administrative services fee, consulting or success fees in connection with consummating a business combination (none of which payments will be made from the proceeds of the Offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination) and reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent.  Currently, Messrs. Calcano, Coburn and Donaldson would each be considered an “independent director” under the NYSE’s listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Any affiliated transactions will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any affiliated transactions must be approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors.

51

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Marcum LLP, or Marcum, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Marcum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Marcum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filingsfiled with the SEC for the period fromon or before May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 totaled $89,890. 2023.


Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
The above amounts include interim proceduresinformation required by this item is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the SEC on or before May 1, 2023.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. We did not pay MarcumRelated Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the SEC on or before May 1, 2023.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our Proxy Statement related to the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the SEC on or before May 1, 2023.

88


PART IV
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)     Financial Statement Schedule
89


Condensed Financial Information for audit-related services Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
for the years ended December 31, 2017.

Tax Fees2022, 2021 and 2020

90


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets
(in $000s, except share data)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets
Investment in subsidiaries$909,757 $890,590 
Total Assets$909,757 $890,590 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit
Liabilities
Derivative, warrants and other liabilities$3,012 $21,605 
Deferred income taxes23,471 15,644 
Total long-term liabilities26,483 37,249 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 5)
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Common stock — 0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 248,311,104 and 247,358,412 shares issued and outstanding, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively25 25 
Treasury stock, at cost — 2,241,069 and 318,086 shares at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively(15,537)(3,020)
Additional paid-in capital1,516,318 1,503,826 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(8,947)— 
Accumulated deficit(608,585)(647,490)
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)883,274 853,341 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)$909,757 $890,590 
See accompanying notes to condensed parent company financial statements.
91


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Condensed Parent Company Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Operating Expenses
Selling, general, and administrative expenses$12,297 $17,313 $2,357 
Total operating expenses12,297 17,313 2,357 
Operating Loss(12,297)(17,313)(2,357)
Other Expense (Income)
Equity in net loss (income) of subsidiaries(40,436)148,948 48,994 
Other expense (income)(18,593)10,815 — 
Total other expense (income)(59,029)159,763 48,994 
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes46,732 (177,076)(51,351)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)7,827 4,425 (30,074)
Net Income (Loss)$38,905 $(181,501)$(21,277)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment$(8,947)$— $— 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)(8,947)— — 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)$29,958 $(181,501)$(21,277)
See accompanying notes to condensed parent company financial statements.
92


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
(in $000s)202220212020
Operating Activities
Net cash flow from operating activities$40,231 $(148,948)$(48,994)
Investing Activities
Changes in investment in subsidiaries(28,114)(727,014)48,994 
Net cash flow from investing activities(28,114)(727,014)48,994 
Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock— 883,000 — 
Common stock issuance costs— (6,386)— 
Share-based payments(1,838)(652)— 
Common stock repurchase(10,279)— — 
Net cash flow from financing activities(12,117)875,962 — 
Net Change in Cash— — — 
Cash at Beginning of Period— — — 
Cash at End of Period$— $— $— 
See accompanying notes to condensed parent company financial statements.
93


Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Parent Company Financial Statements
Note 1: Basis of Presentation
Custom Truck One Source, Inc. (the “Parent”), a Delaware corporation, serves as the parent for its two primary operating companies, Custom Truck One Source, L.P. and NESCO, LLC (the “Subsidiaries”). We did notThe Subsidiaries are engaged in the business of providing a range of services and products to customers through sales and rentals of specialty equipment, sales of parts related to the specialty equipment, and repair and maintenance services related to that equipment. On April 1, 2021, the Parent, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, NESCO Holdings II, Inc., acquired Custom Truck One Source, L.P. (the “Acquisition”). In connection with the Acquisition, the Parent issued shares of its common stock to certain investors and in exchange for the member interests of Custom Truck One Source, L.P. Additionally, NESCO Holdings II, Inc. issued new notes payable, proceeds from which were used for the Acquisition, to repay prior indebtedness and to pay Marcumtransaction expenses. Refer to Note 3: Business Combinations, to the Custom Truck One Source, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for tax planninginformation about the Acquisition and tax advicerelated financing transactions.
These parent company condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto of Custom Truck One Source, Inc. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For purposes of these condensed financial statements, the Parent’s wholly owned subsidiaries are recorded based upon its proportionate share of the subsidiaries’ net assets (similar to presenting them on the equity method).

Note 2: Financial Instruments
The Parent’s derivatives and warrants liabilities are comprised of warrants (the “Warrants”) that provide for the purchase of approximately 20.9 million shares of the Parent’s common stock. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to certain adjustments. Refer to Note 16: Financial Instruments, to the Custom Truck One Source, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about financial instruments.

Note 3: Debt
The Parent’s subsidiaries have debt obligations under a revolving credit facility that are guaranteed by the Parent and each of its direct and indirect, existing and future, material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. Obligations under the ABL will be secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all the assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries. The obligations contain customary financial and non-financial covenants, including covenants that impose restrictions on, among other things, additional indebtedness, liens, investments, advances, guarantees and mergers and acquisitions. These covenants also place restrictions on asset sales, dividends and certain transactions with affiliates. Refer to Note 9: Long-Term Debt, to the Custom Truck One Source, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about the Parent’s subsidiaries’ debt obligations.

Note 4: Income Taxes
Refer to Note 17: Income Taxes, to the Custom Truck One Source, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about subsidiaries’ income taxes.

Note 5: Commitments and Contingencies
Refer to Note 19: Commitments and Contingencies, to the Custom Truck One Source, Inc. consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information about commitments and contingencies.

Note 7: Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of total stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2017.

All Other Fees. We did not pay Marcum for other services for the years ended December 31, 2017.

Audit Committee Approval

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of the Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee,2022, 2021, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

2020.
94


Common StockTreasury StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated Other Comprehensive LossAccumulated DeficitTotal Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Shares
(in $000s, except share data)CommonTreasury
Balance, December 31, 201949,033,903 — $$— $427,391 $— $(444,712)$(17,316)
Net income (loss)— — — — — — (21,277)(21,277)
Share-based payments122,850 — — — 2,357 — — 2,357 
Balance, December 31, 202049,156,753 — $$— $429,748 $— $(465,989)$(36,236)
Net income (loss)— — — — — — (181,501)(181,501)
Share-based payments1,501,659 (318,086)— (3,020)19,839 — — 16,819 
Warrants liability reclassification (see Note 2)— — — — (10,290)— — (10,290)
Shares issued in business combination196,700,000 — 20 — 1,064,529 — — 1,064,549 
Balance, December 31, 2021247,358,412 (318,086)$25 $(3,020)$1,503,826 $— $(647,490)$853,341 
Net income (loss)— — — — — — 38,905 38,905 
Other comprehensive loss— — — — — (8,947)— (8,947)
Common stock repurchase— (1,657,635)— (10,483)— — — (10,483)
Share-based payments952,692 (265,348)— (2,034)12,492 — — 10,458 
Balance, December 31, 2022248,311,104 (2,241,069)$25 $(15,537)$1,516,318 $(8,947)$(608,585)$883,274 

95


(b)     Exhibits
52

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1)Financial Statements:

Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmExhibit No.F-1Description
Balance Sheet2.1†F-2
3.1F-3
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity3.2F-4
Statement of Cash FlowsF-5
Notes to Financial StatementsF-6

(2)Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

(3)The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K: [start]

Exhibit No.DescriptionIncludedFormFiling Date
3.1By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
4.1By ReferenceS-1/AAugust 7, 2017
4.2Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.By ReferenceS-1/AAugust 7, 2017
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate.By ReferenceS-1/AAugust 7, 2017
4.4Warrant Agreement.By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.1Letter Agreement signed by each of Capitol Acquisition Management IV, LLC and Mark D. Ein.By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.2Letter Agreement signed by each of Capitol Acquisition Founder IV, LLC and L. Dyson Dryden.By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.3By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.44.3*By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.510.1†
10.2
10.3†
10.4
10.5+
10.6+
10.7+
10.8§
10.9+
10.10+
10.11+
10.12+
10.13+
10.14†
10.15+
10.16+
96


10.17+
10.18+
10.19+
10.20+
10.21+
10.22+
10.23+By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.610.24+By Reference8-KAugust 17, 2017
10.821.1*By ReferenceS-1/AAugust 7, 2017
10.923.1*By ReferenceS-1/AAugust 1, 2017
31.123.2*
24.1*
31.1*Herewith
31.231.2*Herewith

32.1

32 **
Herewith
32.2101.INSCertification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002Herewith

101.INSXBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentDocument.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentDocument.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase DocumentDocument.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase DocumentDocument.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentLinkbase.

Item 16.104FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None. 

53Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* Filed herewith.

** This certificate is being furnished herewith solely to accompany the report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
† The schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and will be provided to the SEC upon request.
+ Management contract or compensatory plan.
§ Certain information contained in this exhibit has been redacted pursuant to Item 601(a)(6) of Regulation S-K

Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
97


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 27th day of March, 2018.

authorized.
CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
By:/s/ Mark D. Ein
CUSTOM TRUCK ONE SOURCE, INC.
(Registrant)
Mark D. Ein
Date:March 14, 2023/s/ Fred Ross
Fred Ross, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal executive officer)
Date:March 14, 2023/s/ Christopher J. Eperjesy
By:/s/ L. Dyson Dryden
L. Dyson Dryden
Christopher J. Eperjesy, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal financial and accounting officer)
Date:March 14, 2023/s/ R. Todd Barrett
R. Todd Barrett, Chief Accounting Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Capitol Investment Corp. IVCTOS hereby constitute and appoint Mark D. EinFred Ross, Christopher J. Eperjesy, and L. Dyson DrydenR. Todd Barrett with full power to act as our true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power to execute in our name and behalf in the capacities indicated below, this annual reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby ratify and confirm all that such attorneys-in-fact, or any of them, or their substitutes shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NameTitleDate
NameTitleDate
/s/ Mark D. EinMarshall HeinbergChairman of the Board and Chief Executive OfficerMarch 27, 201814, 2023
Mark D. EinMarshall Heinberg (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ L. Dyson DrydenBryan KellnPresident, DirectorMarch 14, 2023
Bryan Kelln
/s/ David GlattDirectorMarch 14, 2023
David Glatt
/s/ David WolfDirectorMarch 14, 2023
David Wolf



NameTitleDate
/s/ Fred RossChief FinancialExecutive Officer and DirectorMarch 27, 201814, 2023
L. Dyson DrydenFred Ross(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Lawrence CalcanoGeorgia NelsonDirectorMarch 27, 201814, 2023
Lawrence CalcanoGeorgia Nelson
/s/ Brooke B. CoburnMary JacksonDirectorMarch 27, 201814, 2023
Brooke B. CoburnMary Jackson
/s/ Richard C. DonaldsonLouis SamsonDirectorMarch 27, 201814, 2023
Richard C. DonaldsonLouis Samson

54
/s/ Mark EinDirectorMarch 14, 2023
Mark Ein
/s/ Paul BaderDirectorMarch 14, 2023
Paul Bader
/s/ Rahman D’ArgenioDirectorMarch 14, 2023
Rahman D’Argenio
/s/ Christopher J. EperjesyChief Financial OfficerMarch 14, 2023
Christopher J. Eperjesy
/s/ R. Todd BarrettChief Accounting OfficerMarch 14, 2023
R. Todd Barrett

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Financial Statements
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017F-2
Statement of Operations for the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017F-3
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017F-4
Statement of Cash Flows for the yea period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017F-5
Notes to Financial StatementsF-6

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors

of Capitol Investment Corp. IV

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Capitol Investment Corp. IV (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, the related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, NY

March 27, 2018

F-1

Capitol Investment Corp. IV
Balance Sheet

December 31, 2017

ASSETS   
Current Assets   
Cash $501,925 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  106,915 
Total Current Assets  608,840 
     
Cash held in Trust Account  402,500,000 
Total Assets $403,108,840 
     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities – Accounts payable and accrued expenses $176,468 
Total Current Liabilities  176,468 
     
Deferred underwriting fee  14,087,500 
Total Liabilities  14,263,968 
     
Commitments    
Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to possible redemption, 38,384,487 shares at redemption value  383,844,870 
     
Shareholders’ Equity    
Preference Shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 authorized; none issued and outstanding   
Class A Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 1,865,513 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 38,384,487 shares subject to possible redemption)  187 
Class B Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 10,062,500 shares issued and outstanding  1,006 
Additional paid-in capital  5,776,280 
Accumulated deficit  (777,471)
Total Shareholders’ Equity  5,000,002 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $403,108,840 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2

Capitol Investment Corp. IV

Statement of Operations

For the Period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017

Operating and formation costs $777,471 
Net loss $(777,471)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)  10,433,838 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share $(0.07)

(1)Excludes an aggregate of up to 38,384,487 shares subject to redemption at December 31, 2017.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Capitol Investment Corp. IV

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the Period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017

  Class A Ordinary Shares  Class B Ordinary Shares  Additional Paid  Accumulated  Total Shareholders' 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  in Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance – May 1, 2017 (inception)    $     $  $  $  $ 
                             
Ordinary shares issued to initial shareholders        10,062,500   1,006   23,994      25,000 
                             
Sale of 40,250,000 Units, net of underwriting discount and offering expenses  40,250,000   4,025         379,793,318      379,797,343 
                             
Sale of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrants              9,800,000      9,800,000 
                             
Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption  (38,384,487)  (3,838)        (383,841,032)     (383,844,870)
                             
Net loss                 (777,471)  (777,471)
                             
                             
Balance - December 31, 2017  1,865,513  $187   10,062,500  $1,006  $5,776,280  $(777,471) $5,000,002 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Capitol Investment Corp. IV
Statement of Cash Flows

For the Period from May 1, 2017 (Inception) through December 31, 2017

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(777,471)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (106,915)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  176,468 
Net cash used in operating activities  (707,918)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash in Trust Account  (402,500,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (402,500,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B ordinary shares to initial shareholders  25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid  394,450,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants  9,800,000 
Proceeds from note payable to shareholder  250,000 
Repayment of note payable to shareholder  (250,000)
Advances from related party  5,100 
Repayment of advances from related party  (5,100)
Payment of offering costs  (565,157)
Net cash provided by financing activities  403,709,843 
     
Net Change in Cash  501,925 
Cash – Beginning   
Cash – Ending $501,925 
     
Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities:    
Deferred underwriting fee payable $14,087,500 
Initial classification of ordinary shares subject to redemption $384,612,780 
Change in value of ordinary shares subject to redemption $(767,910)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

Note 1 — Organization and Plan of Business Operations

Capitol Investment Corp. IV (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 1, 2017 as a blank check company whose objective is to acquire, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination, one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. We consummated our initial public offering (the “Offering”) on August 21, 2017. All activity through August 21, 2017 relates to the Company’s formation and the Offering, as described below. Since August 21, 2017, the Company has been searching for a target business with which to complete a Business Combination.

The registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering was declared effective on August 15, 2017. The Company consummated a public offering of 40,250,000 units on August 21, 2017 (the “Offering”), including 5,250,000 units subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $402,500,000 and net proceeds of $393,900,000 after deducting approximately $8,600,000 of transaction costs (not including up to an additional $14,087,500 of deferred underwriting commissions that may be paid to the underwriters in the Offering upon the completion of a Business Combination), which is discussed in Note 3. The units (“Units”) sold pursuant to the Offering were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one-third of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, the Company generated gross and net proceeds of $9,800,000 from a private placement (the “Private Placement”) of 6,533,333 warrants (“Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per warrant to Capitol Acquisition Management IV LLC and Capitol Acquisition Founder IV LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”), entities affiliated with the Company’s executive officers, and the Company’s directors, which is described in Note 4.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Offering and Private Placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company’s Units are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Pursuant to the NYSE listing rules, the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (defined below), net of amounts previously released to the Company to pay its income tax obligations and for working capital purposes, subject to an annual limit of $750,000 and excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in the Trust Account, at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such Business Combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to effect a Business Combination successfully.

Following the closing of the Offering and the Private Placement on August 21, 2017, an amount of $402,500,000 (or $10.00 per Class A ordinary share sold to the public in the Offering included in the Units (“Public Shares”)) from the sale of the Units and Private Placement Warrants is being held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and may be invested only in U.S. “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Company’s first Business Combination and (ii) the Company’s failure to consummate a Business Combination within the prescribed time. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the interest earned on the Trust Account balance may be released to the Company to pay the Company’s income tax obligations and for the Company’s working capital purposes, subject to an annual limit of $750,000. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee that such persons will execute such agreements.

In connection with any proposed initial Business Combination, the Company will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose or (2) provide shareholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote), in each case where shareholders may seek to convert their Public Shares into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of such initial Business Combination, a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the public shares without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if it has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of the Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. In connection with any shareholder vote required to approve any Business Combination, the Sponsors and other initial shareholders of the Company (collectively, the “Initial Shareholders”) have agreed (i) to vote any of their respective shares in favor of the initial Business Combination and (ii) not to convert any of their respective ordinary shares (or sell such shares to the Company in any related tender offer). 

F-6

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

Holders of warrants sold as part of the Units will not be entitled to vote on the proposed Business Combination and will have no conversion or liquidation rights with respect to their ordinary shares underlying such warrants.

Pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, if the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination by August 21, 2019, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining holders of ordinary shares and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate. If the Company is unable to consummate an initial Business Combination and is forced to redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account, each holder will receive a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company.

If the Company is unable to complete its initial Business Combination and expends all of the net proceeds of the Offering not deposited in the Trust Account, without taking into account any interest earned on the Trust Account, the Company expects that the initial per-share redemption price for Class A ordinary shares will be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to claims of the Company’s creditors that are in preference to the claims of the Company’s shareholders. In addition, if the Company is forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against it that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in its bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of the Company’s shareholders. Therefore, the actual per-share redemption price may be less than $10.00.

The Company’s executive officers have agreed that they will be liable under certain circumstances to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by the Company for services rendered, contracted for or products sold to the Company. However, there can be no assurance that they will be able to satisfy those obligations should they arise.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-7

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from the Company’s estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017.

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2017, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.

Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption (if any) are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2017, ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s condensed balance sheet.

Offering costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Offering. Offering costs amounting to $22,702,657 were charged to shareholder’s equity upon the completion of the Offering.

Income taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2017, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position over the next twelve months.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by U.S. federal, U.S. states or foreign taxing authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, U.S. state and foreign tax laws. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

The Company’s tax provision is zero because the Company is organized in the Cayman Islands with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction. As such, the Company has no deferred tax assets. The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands company and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States.

On December 22, 2017 the U.S.  Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Reform”) was signed into law. As a result of Tax Reform, the U.S. statutory tax rate was lowered from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, among other changes. ASC Topic 740 requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment; therefore, the Company was required to revalue its deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new rate. The SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain tax effects of Tax Reform. The ultimate impact may differ from this provisional amount, possibly materially, as a result of additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of Tax Reform.

F-8

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

Net loss per ordinary share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The Company applies the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2017, which are not currently redeemable and are not redeemable at fair value, have been excluded from the calculation of basic loss per share since such shares, if redeemed, only participate in their pro rata share of the Trust Account earnings. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and Private Placement to purchase 19,950,000 ordinary shares, in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants is contingent upon the occurrence of future events. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the periods.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017, the Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards if currently adopted would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

Note 3 — Initial Public Offering

On August 21, 2017, the Company sold 40,250,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit in the Offering. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one third of one warrant (“Warrant”), totaling 13,416,667 Warrants. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share. The Warrants are exercisable commencing on the later of 30 days after the Company’s completion of a Business Combination or August 21, 2018 and expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination. The Company may redeem the Warrants at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice, only in the event that the last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares is at least $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given. If the Company redeems the Warrants as described above, it will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In accordance with the warrant agreement relating to the Warrants sold in the Offering, the Company is only required to use its best efforts to file the registration statement covering the shares underlying the Warrants within 15 business days after the closing of the Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement. If a registration statement is not effective within 60 days following the consummation of a Business Combination, Warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise Warrants on a cashless basis. If the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination, the Company will redeem 100% of the Public Shares using the funds in the Trust Account as described in Note 1. In such event, the Warrants will be worthless.

Note 4 — Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the Offering, the Company’s Sponsors and directors purchased an aggregate of 6,533,333 Private Placement Warrants at $1.50 per warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $9,800,000) from the Company. All of the proceeds received from these purchases were placed in the Trust Account. 

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants included in the Units sold in the Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants (i) are not redeemable by the Company and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or any of their permitted transferees. Additionally, the purchasers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Placement Warrants, including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants (except to certain permitted transferees), until 30 days after the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

F-9

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsors, officers and directors or their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required on a non-interest bearing basis. If the Company completes its initial Business Combination, the Company would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from the Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

Note 5 — Advances from Related Party

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer advanced an aggregate of $5,100 for costs related to the Offering. The advances were non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. As of December 31, 2017, the advances were repaid in full.

Note 6 — Note Payable to Related Party 

The Company issued a $250,000 principal amount unsecured promissory note to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer on June 1, 2017. The note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier to occur of (i) June 1, 2018, (ii) the consummation of the Offering or (iii) the date on which the Company determined not to proceed with the Offering. This loan was repaid upon the consummation of the Offering. 

Note 7 — Administrative Services Agreement

The Company presently occupies office space provided by two affiliates of the Company’s executive officers. Such affiliates have agreed that, until the Company consummates a Business Combination, they will make such office space, as well as certain office and secretarial services, available to the Company, as may be required by the Company from time to time. The Company commenced paying such affiliates an aggregate of up to $20,000 per month for such services on August 15, 2017. For the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017, the Company incurred $90,000 in fees for these services, of which $10,000 is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2017.

Note 8 — Commitments 

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Offering, or $14,087,500. The deferred fee will be paid in cash upon the closing of a Business Combination from the amounts held in the Trust Account, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

The Initial Shareholders, the holders of the Private Placement Warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares) and the holders of any warrants (and underlying Class A ordinary shares) issued upon conversion of working capital loans made by the Company’s Sponsors, officers, directors or their affiliates, if any such loans are issued, are entitled to registration rights with respect to their securities pursuant to an agreement dated as of August 15, 2017. The holders of the majority of the securities are entitled to demand that the Company register these securities at any time commencing after expiration of the transfer restrictions. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination.

The Company entered into three consulting arrangements for services to help identify and introduce the Company to potential targets and provide assistance with due diligence, deal structuring, documentation and obtaining shareholder approval for a business combination. These agreements provide for an aggregate annual fee of $560,000 and success fee of $1,090,000 upon the consummation of a Business Combination.

F-10

CAPITOL INVESTMENT CORP. IV
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 1, 2017 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2017

Note 9 — Shareholder Equity

Preference Shares 

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2017, there are no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Ordinary Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, both with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

In connection with the organization of the Company on May 1, 2017, a total of 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares were sold to the Sponsors at a price of approximately $0.0025 per share for an aggregate of $25,000, of which 1,312,500 shares were subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised in full so that the Company’s Initial Shareholders would own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares after the Offering.

On closing of the Offering, the holders of the Class B ordinary shares agreed not to transfer such shares until one year after the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination or earlier if, subsequent to an initial Business Combination, (i) the last sales price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the initial Business Combination or (ii) the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

As of December 31, 2017, there were 1,865,513 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding (excluding 38,384,487 ordinary shares subject to possible redemption) and 10,062,500 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Note 10 — Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)

Following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the period from May 1, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017.

  May 1,
2017 (inception) through June 30,
2017
  

Three months

ended

September 30,
2017

  

Three months

ended

December 31,
2017

  May 1,
2017 (inception) through December 31,
2017
 
Operating costs $5,050  $167,016  $605,405  $777,471 
Loss from operations $(5,050) $(167,016) $(605,405) $(777,471)
Net loss $(5,050) $(167,016) $(605,405) $(777,471)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, excluding shares subjected to possible conversions-basic and diluted  8,750,000   10,098,357   11,867,473   10,433,838 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share $(0.00) $(0.02) $(0.05) $(0.07)

Note 11 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates subsequent events and transactions that occur after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On January 2, 2018, the Company invested the cash held in the Trust Account in U.S. Treasury Bills.

F-11